blob: 532c6612f9ddb5b565d857381288d5e8de792894 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001//===- InstructionCombining.cpp - Combine multiple instructions -----------===//
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002//
John Criswell482202a2003-10-20 19:43:21 +00003// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file was developed by the LLVM research group and is distributed under
6// the University of Illinois Open Source License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00007//
John Criswell482202a2003-10-20 19:43:21 +00008//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00009//
10// InstructionCombining - Combine instructions to form fewer, simple
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +000011// instructions. This pass does not modify the CFG This pass is where algebraic
12// simplification happens.
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +000013//
14// This pass combines things like:
Chris Lattnerdd1a86d2004-05-04 15:19:33 +000015// %Y = add int %X, 1
16// %Z = add int %Y, 1
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +000017// into:
Chris Lattnerdd1a86d2004-05-04 15:19:33 +000018// %Z = add int %X, 2
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +000019//
20// This is a simple worklist driven algorithm.
21//
Chris Lattner216c7b82003-09-10 05:29:43 +000022// This pass guarantees that the following canonicalizations are performed on
Chris Lattnerbfb1d032003-07-23 21:41:57 +000023// the program:
24// 1. If a binary operator has a constant operand, it is moved to the RHS
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +000025// 2. Bitwise operators with constant operands are always grouped so that
26// shifts are performed first, then or's, then and's, then xor's.
Chris Lattnerbfb1d032003-07-23 21:41:57 +000027// 3. SetCC instructions are converted from <,>,<=,>= to ==,!= if possible
28// 4. All SetCC instructions on boolean values are replaced with logical ops
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +000029// 5. add X, X is represented as (X*2) => (X << 1)
30// 6. Multiplies with a power-of-two constant argument are transformed into
31// shifts.
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +000032// ... etc.
Chris Lattnerbfb1d032003-07-23 21:41:57 +000033//
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +000034//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
35
Chris Lattner7d2a5392004-03-13 23:54:27 +000036#define DEBUG_TYPE "instcombine"
Chris Lattnerb4cfa7f2002-05-07 20:03:00 +000037#include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h"
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +000038#include "llvm/IntrinsicInst.h"
Chris Lattner04805fa2002-02-26 21:46:54 +000039#include "llvm/Pass.h"
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +000040#include "llvm/DerivedTypes.h"
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +000041#include "llvm/GlobalVariable.h"
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +000042#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
43#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h"
44#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +000045#include "llvm/Support/CallSite.h"
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +000046#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +000047#include "llvm/Support/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h"
Chris Lattner60a65912002-02-12 21:07:25 +000048#include "llvm/Support/InstIterator.h"
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000049#include "llvm/Support/InstVisitor.h"
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +000050#include "llvm/Support/PatternMatch.h"
Reid Spencer7c16caa2004-09-01 22:55:40 +000051#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +000052#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chris Lattner053c0932002-05-14 15:24:07 +000053#include <algorithm>
Chris Lattner8427bff2003-12-07 01:24:23 +000054using namespace llvm;
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +000055using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
Brian Gaeke960707c2003-11-11 22:41:34 +000056
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000057namespace {
Chris Lattnerbf3a0992002-10-01 22:38:41 +000058 Statistic<> NumCombined ("instcombine", "Number of insts combined");
59 Statistic<> NumConstProp("instcombine", "Number of constant folds");
60 Statistic<> NumDeadInst ("instcombine", "Number of dead inst eliminated");
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +000061 Statistic<> NumSunkInst ("instcombine", "Number of instructions sunk");
Chris Lattnerbf3a0992002-10-01 22:38:41 +000062
Chris Lattnerc8e66542002-04-27 06:56:12 +000063 class InstCombiner : public FunctionPass,
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000064 public InstVisitor<InstCombiner, Instruction*> {
65 // Worklist of all of the instructions that need to be simplified.
66 std::vector<Instruction*> WorkList;
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +000067 TargetData *TD;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000068
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +000069 /// AddUsersToWorkList - When an instruction is simplified, add all users of
70 /// the instruction to the work lists because they might get more simplified
71 /// now.
72 ///
73 void AddUsersToWorkList(Instruction &I) {
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +000074 for (Value::use_iterator UI = I.use_begin(), UE = I.use_end();
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000075 UI != UE; ++UI)
76 WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(*UI));
77 }
78
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +000079 /// AddUsesToWorkList - When an instruction is simplified, add operands to
80 /// the work lists because they might get more simplified now.
81 ///
82 void AddUsesToWorkList(Instruction &I) {
83 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I.getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
84 if (Instruction *Op = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I.getOperand(i)))
85 WorkList.push_back(Op);
86 }
87
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +000088 // removeFromWorkList - remove all instances of I from the worklist.
89 void removeFromWorkList(Instruction *I);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000090 public:
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +000091 virtual bool runOnFunction(Function &F);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000092
Chris Lattnerf12cc842002-04-28 21:27:06 +000093 virtual void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const {
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +000094 AU.addRequired<TargetData>();
Chris Lattner820d9712002-10-21 20:00:28 +000095 AU.setPreservesCFG();
Chris Lattnerf12cc842002-04-28 21:27:06 +000096 }
97
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +000098 TargetData &getTargetData() const { return *TD; }
99
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000100 // Visitation implementation - Implement instruction combining for different
101 // instruction types. The semantics are as follows:
102 // Return Value:
103 // null - No change was made
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000104 // I - Change was made, I is still valid, I may be dead though
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000105 // otherwise - Change was made, replace I with returned instruction
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000106 //
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000107 Instruction *visitAdd(BinaryOperator &I);
108 Instruction *visitSub(BinaryOperator &I);
109 Instruction *visitMul(BinaryOperator &I);
110 Instruction *visitDiv(BinaryOperator &I);
111 Instruction *visitRem(BinaryOperator &I);
112 Instruction *visitAnd(BinaryOperator &I);
113 Instruction *visitOr (BinaryOperator &I);
114 Instruction *visitXor(BinaryOperator &I);
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +0000115 Instruction *visitSetCondInst(SetCondInst &I);
116 Instruction *visitSetCondInstWithCastAndCast(SetCondInst &SCI);
117
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +0000118 Instruction *FoldGEPSetCC(User *GEPLHS, Value *RHS,
119 Instruction::BinaryOps Cond, Instruction &I);
Chris Lattnere8d6c602003-03-10 19:16:08 +0000120 Instruction *visitShiftInst(ShiftInst &I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000121 Instruction *visitCastInst(CastInst &CI);
Chris Lattner411336f2005-01-19 21:50:18 +0000122 Instruction *FoldSelectOpOp(SelectInst &SI, Instruction *TI,
123 Instruction *FI);
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +0000124 Instruction *visitSelectInst(SelectInst &CI);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000125 Instruction *visitCallInst(CallInst &CI);
126 Instruction *visitInvokeInst(InvokeInst &II);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000127 Instruction *visitPHINode(PHINode &PN);
128 Instruction *visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP);
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +0000129 Instruction *visitAllocationInst(AllocationInst &AI);
Chris Lattner8427bff2003-12-07 01:24:23 +0000130 Instruction *visitFreeInst(FreeInst &FI);
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +0000131 Instruction *visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI);
Chris Lattner31f486c2005-01-31 05:36:43 +0000132 Instruction *visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI);
Chris Lattner9eef8a72003-06-04 04:46:00 +0000133 Instruction *visitBranchInst(BranchInst &BI);
Chris Lattner4c9c20a2004-07-03 00:26:11 +0000134 Instruction *visitSwitchInst(SwitchInst &SI);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000135
136 // visitInstruction - Specify what to return for unhandled instructions...
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000137 Instruction *visitInstruction(Instruction &I) { return 0; }
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000138
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000139 private:
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +0000140 Instruction *visitCallSite(CallSite CS);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000141 bool transformConstExprCastCall(CallSite CS);
142
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +0000143 public:
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000144 // InsertNewInstBefore - insert an instruction New before instruction Old
145 // in the program. Add the new instruction to the worklist.
146 //
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000147 Instruction *InsertNewInstBefore(Instruction *New, Instruction &Old) {
Chris Lattner65217ff2002-08-23 18:32:43 +0000148 assert(New && New->getParent() == 0 &&
149 "New instruction already inserted into a basic block!");
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000150 BasicBlock *BB = Old.getParent();
151 BB->getInstList().insert(&Old, New); // Insert inst
152 WorkList.push_back(New); // Add to worklist
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000153 return New;
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000154 }
155
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +0000156 /// InsertCastBefore - Insert a cast of V to TY before the instruction POS.
157 /// This also adds the cast to the worklist. Finally, this returns the
158 /// cast.
159 Value *InsertCastBefore(Value *V, const Type *Ty, Instruction &Pos) {
160 if (V->getType() == Ty) return V;
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000161
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +0000162 Instruction *C = new CastInst(V, Ty, V->getName(), &Pos);
163 WorkList.push_back(C);
164 return C;
165 }
166
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000167 // ReplaceInstUsesWith - This method is to be used when an instruction is
168 // found to be dead, replacable with another preexisting expression. Here
169 // we add all uses of I to the worklist, replace all uses of I with the new
170 // value, then return I, so that the inst combiner will know that I was
171 // modified.
172 //
173 Instruction *ReplaceInstUsesWith(Instruction &I, Value *V) {
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +0000174 AddUsersToWorkList(I); // Add all modified instrs to worklist
Chris Lattner8953b902004-04-05 02:10:19 +0000175 if (&I != V) {
176 I.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
177 return &I;
178 } else {
179 // If we are replacing the instruction with itself, this must be in a
180 // segment of unreachable code, so just clobber the instruction.
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +0000181 I.replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(I.getType()));
Chris Lattner8953b902004-04-05 02:10:19 +0000182 return &I;
183 }
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000184 }
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +0000185
186 // EraseInstFromFunction - When dealing with an instruction that has side
187 // effects or produces a void value, we can't rely on DCE to delete the
188 // instruction. Instead, visit methods should return the value returned by
189 // this function.
190 Instruction *EraseInstFromFunction(Instruction &I) {
191 assert(I.use_empty() && "Cannot erase instruction that is used!");
192 AddUsesToWorkList(I);
193 removeFromWorkList(&I);
Chris Lattner95307542004-11-18 21:41:39 +0000194 I.eraseFromParent();
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +0000195 return 0; // Don't do anything with FI
196 }
197
198
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +0000199 private:
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +0000200 /// InsertOperandCastBefore - This inserts a cast of V to DestTy before the
201 /// InsertBefore instruction. This is specialized a bit to avoid inserting
202 /// casts that are known to not do anything...
203 ///
204 Value *InsertOperandCastBefore(Value *V, const Type *DestTy,
205 Instruction *InsertBefore);
206
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000207 // SimplifyCommutative - This performs a few simplifications for commutative
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000208 // operators.
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000209 bool SimplifyCommutative(BinaryOperator &I);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000210
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000211
212 // FoldOpIntoPhi - Given a binary operator or cast instruction which has a
213 // PHI node as operand #0, see if we can fold the instruction into the PHI
214 // (which is only possible if all operands to the PHI are constants).
215 Instruction *FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I);
216
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000217 // FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI - If all operands to a PHI node are the same "unary"
218 // operator and they all are only used by the PHI, PHI together their
219 // inputs, and do the operation once, to the result of the PHI.
220 Instruction *FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN);
221
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000222 Instruction *OptAndOp(Instruction *Op, ConstantIntegral *OpRHS,
223 ConstantIntegral *AndRHS, BinaryOperator &TheAnd);
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000224
225 Instruction *InsertRangeTest(Value *V, Constant *Lo, Constant *Hi,
226 bool Inside, Instruction &IB);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000227 };
Chris Lattnerb28b6802002-07-23 18:06:35 +0000228
Chris Lattnerc8b70922002-07-26 21:12:46 +0000229 RegisterOpt<InstCombiner> X("instcombine", "Combine redundant instructions");
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000230}
231
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000232// getComplexity: Assign a complexity or rank value to LLVM Values...
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000233// 0 -> undef, 1 -> Const, 2 -> Other, 3 -> Arg, 3 -> Unary, 4 -> OtherInst
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000234static unsigned getComplexity(Value *V) {
235 if (isa<Instruction>(V)) {
236 if (BinaryOperator::isNeg(V) || BinaryOperator::isNot(V))
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000237 return 3;
238 return 4;
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000239 }
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000240 if (isa<Argument>(V)) return 3;
241 return isa<Constant>(V) ? (isa<UndefValue>(V) ? 0 : 1) : 2;
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000242}
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000243
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000244// isOnlyUse - Return true if this instruction will be deleted if we stop using
245// it.
246static bool isOnlyUse(Value *V) {
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000247 return V->hasOneUse() || isa<Constant>(V);
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000248}
249
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000250// getPromotedType - Return the specified type promoted as it would be to pass
251// though a va_arg area...
252static const Type *getPromotedType(const Type *Ty) {
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000253 switch (Ty->getTypeID()) {
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000254 case Type::SByteTyID:
255 case Type::ShortTyID: return Type::IntTy;
256 case Type::UByteTyID:
257 case Type::UShortTyID: return Type::UIntTy;
258 case Type::FloatTyID: return Type::DoubleTy;
259 default: return Ty;
260 }
261}
262
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000263// SimplifyCommutative - This performs a few simplifications for commutative
264// operators:
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000265//
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000266// 1. Order operands such that they are listed from right (least complex) to
267// left (most complex). This puts constants before unary operators before
268// binary operators.
269//
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000270// 2. Transform: (op (op V, C1), C2) ==> (op V, (op C1, C2))
271// 3. Transform: (op (op V1, C1), (op V2, C2)) ==> (op (op V1, V2), (op C1,C2))
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000272//
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000273bool InstCombiner::SimplifyCommutative(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000274 bool Changed = false;
275 if (getComplexity(I.getOperand(0)) < getComplexity(I.getOperand(1)))
276 Changed = !I.swapOperands();
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000277
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000278 if (!I.isAssociative()) return Changed;
279 Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode = I.getOpcode();
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000280 if (BinaryOperator *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(0)))
281 if (Op->getOpcode() == Opcode && isa<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1))) {
282 if (isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner34428442003-05-27 16:40:51 +0000283 Constant *Folded = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(),
284 cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1)),
285 cast<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1)));
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000286 I.setOperand(0, Op->getOperand(0));
287 I.setOperand(1, Folded);
288 return true;
289 } else if (BinaryOperator *Op1=dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(1)))
290 if (Op1->getOpcode() == Opcode && isa<Constant>(Op1->getOperand(1)) &&
291 isOnlyUse(Op) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
292 Constant *C1 = cast<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1));
293 Constant *C2 = cast<Constant>(Op1->getOperand(1));
294
295 // Fold (op (op V1, C1), (op V2, C2)) ==> (op (op V1, V2), (op C1,C2))
Chris Lattner34428442003-05-27 16:40:51 +0000296 Constant *Folded = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), C1, C2);
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000297 Instruction *New = BinaryOperator::create(Opcode, Op->getOperand(0),
298 Op1->getOperand(0),
299 Op1->getName(), &I);
300 WorkList.push_back(New);
301 I.setOperand(0, New);
302 I.setOperand(1, Folded);
303 return true;
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000304 }
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000305 }
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000306 return Changed;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000307}
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +0000308
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000309// dyn_castNegVal - Given a 'sub' instruction, return the RHS of the instruction
310// if the LHS is a constant zero (which is the 'negate' form).
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000311//
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000312static inline Value *dyn_castNegVal(Value *V) {
313 if (BinaryOperator::isNeg(V))
314 return BinaryOperator::getNegArgument(cast<BinaryOperator>(V));
315
Chris Lattner9ad0d552004-12-14 20:08:06 +0000316 // Constants can be considered to be negated values if they can be folded.
317 if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
318 return ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000319 return 0;
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000320}
321
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000322static inline Value *dyn_castNotVal(Value *V) {
323 if (BinaryOperator::isNot(V))
324 return BinaryOperator::getNotArgument(cast<BinaryOperator>(V));
325
326 // Constants can be considered to be not'ed values...
Chris Lattnerdd65d862003-04-30 22:34:06 +0000327 if (ConstantIntegral *C = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(V))
Chris Lattnerc8e7e292004-06-10 02:12:35 +0000328 return ConstantExpr::getNot(C);
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000329 return 0;
330}
331
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000332// dyn_castFoldableMul - If this value is a multiply that can be folded into
333// other computations (because it has a constant operand), return the
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000334// non-constant operand of the multiply, and set CST to point to the multiplier.
335// Otherwise, return null.
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000336//
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000337static inline Value *dyn_castFoldableMul(Value *V, ConstantInt *&CST) {
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000338 if (V->hasOneUse() && V->getType()->isInteger())
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000339 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000340 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul)
Chris Lattner970136362004-11-15 05:54:07 +0000341 if ((CST = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))))
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000342 return I->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000343 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
Chris Lattner970136362004-11-15 05:54:07 +0000344 if ((CST = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1)))) {
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000345 // The multiplier is really 1 << CST.
346 Constant *One = ConstantInt::get(V->getType(), 1);
347 CST = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getShl(One, CST));
348 return I->getOperand(0);
349 }
350 }
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000351 return 0;
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000352}
Chris Lattner31ae8632002-08-14 17:51:49 +0000353
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +0000354/// dyn_castGetElementPtr - If this is a getelementptr instruction or constant
355/// expression, return it.
356static User *dyn_castGetElementPtr(Value *V) {
357 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(V)) return cast<User>(V);
358 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V))
359 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr)
360 return cast<User>(V);
361 return false;
362}
363
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000364// Log2 - Calculate the log base 2 for the specified value if it is exactly a
365// power of 2.
366static unsigned Log2(uint64_t Val) {
367 assert(Val > 1 && "Values 0 and 1 should be handled elsewhere!");
368 unsigned Count = 0;
369 while (Val != 1) {
370 if (Val & 1) return 0; // Multiple bits set?
371 Val >>= 1;
372 ++Count;
373 }
374 return Count;
Chris Lattner31ae8632002-08-14 17:51:49 +0000375}
376
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000377// AddOne, SubOne - Add or subtract a constant one from an integer constant...
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000378static ConstantInt *AddOne(ConstantInt *C) {
379 return cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getAdd(C,
380 ConstantInt::get(C->getType(), 1)));
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000381}
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000382static ConstantInt *SubOne(ConstantInt *C) {
383 return cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSub(C,
384 ConstantInt::get(C->getType(), 1)));
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000385}
386
387// isTrueWhenEqual - Return true if the specified setcondinst instruction is
388// true when both operands are equal...
389//
390static bool isTrueWhenEqual(Instruction &I) {
391 return I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
392 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE ||
393 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE;
394}
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000395
396/// AssociativeOpt - Perform an optimization on an associative operator. This
397/// function is designed to check a chain of associative operators for a
398/// potential to apply a certain optimization. Since the optimization may be
399/// applicable if the expression was reassociated, this checks the chain, then
400/// reassociates the expression as necessary to expose the optimization
401/// opportunity. This makes use of a special Functor, which must define
402/// 'shouldApply' and 'apply' methods.
403///
404template<typename Functor>
405Instruction *AssociativeOpt(BinaryOperator &Root, const Functor &F) {
406 unsigned Opcode = Root.getOpcode();
407 Value *LHS = Root.getOperand(0);
408
409 // Quick check, see if the immediate LHS matches...
410 if (F.shouldApply(LHS))
411 return F.apply(Root);
412
413 // Otherwise, if the LHS is not of the same opcode as the root, return.
414 Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHS);
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000415 while (LHSI && LHSI->getOpcode() == Opcode && LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000416 // Should we apply this transform to the RHS?
417 bool ShouldApply = F.shouldApply(LHSI->getOperand(1));
418
419 // If not to the RHS, check to see if we should apply to the LHS...
420 if (!ShouldApply && F.shouldApply(LHSI->getOperand(0))) {
421 cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSI)->swapOperands(); // Make the LHS the RHS
422 ShouldApply = true;
423 }
424
425 // If the functor wants to apply the optimization to the RHS of LHSI,
426 // reassociate the expression from ((? op A) op B) to (? op (A op B))
427 if (ShouldApply) {
428 BasicBlock *BB = Root.getParent();
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000429
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000430 // Now all of the instructions are in the current basic block, go ahead
431 // and perform the reassociation.
432 Instruction *TmpLHSI = cast<Instruction>(Root.getOperand(0));
433
434 // First move the selected RHS to the LHS of the root...
435 Root.setOperand(0, LHSI->getOperand(1));
436
437 // Make what used to be the LHS of the root be the user of the root...
438 Value *ExtraOperand = TmpLHSI->getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner284d3b02004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000439 if (&Root == TmpLHSI) {
Chris Lattner8953b902004-04-05 02:10:19 +0000440 Root.replaceAllUsesWith(Constant::getNullValue(TmpLHSI->getType()));
441 return 0;
442 }
Chris Lattner284d3b02004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000443 Root.replaceAllUsesWith(TmpLHSI); // Users now use TmpLHSI
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000444 TmpLHSI->setOperand(1, &Root); // TmpLHSI now uses the root
Chris Lattner284d3b02004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000445 TmpLHSI->getParent()->getInstList().remove(TmpLHSI);
446 BasicBlock::iterator ARI = &Root; ++ARI;
447 BB->getInstList().insert(ARI, TmpLHSI); // Move TmpLHSI to after Root
448 ARI = Root;
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000449
450 // Now propagate the ExtraOperand down the chain of instructions until we
451 // get to LHSI.
452 while (TmpLHSI != LHSI) {
453 Instruction *NextLHSI = cast<Instruction>(TmpLHSI->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner284d3b02004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000454 // Move the instruction to immediately before the chain we are
455 // constructing to avoid breaking dominance properties.
456 NextLHSI->getParent()->getInstList().remove(NextLHSI);
457 BB->getInstList().insert(ARI, NextLHSI);
458 ARI = NextLHSI;
459
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000460 Value *NextOp = NextLHSI->getOperand(1);
461 NextLHSI->setOperand(1, ExtraOperand);
462 TmpLHSI = NextLHSI;
463 ExtraOperand = NextOp;
464 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000465
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000466 // Now that the instructions are reassociated, have the functor perform
467 // the transformation...
468 return F.apply(Root);
469 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000470
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000471 LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHSI->getOperand(0));
472 }
473 return 0;
474}
475
476
477// AddRHS - Implements: X + X --> X << 1
478struct AddRHS {
479 Value *RHS;
480 AddRHS(Value *rhs) : RHS(rhs) {}
481 bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const { return LHS == RHS; }
482 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Add) const {
483 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl, Add.getOperand(0),
484 ConstantInt::get(Type::UByteTy, 1));
485 }
486};
487
488// AddMaskingAnd - Implements (A & C1)+(B & C2) --> (A & C1)|(B & C2)
489// iff C1&C2 == 0
490struct AddMaskingAnd {
491 Constant *C2;
492 AddMaskingAnd(Constant *c) : C2(c) {}
493 bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const {
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000494 ConstantInt *C1;
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000495 return match(LHS, m_And(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000496 ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, C2)->isNullValue();
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000497 }
498 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Add) const {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000499 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Add.getOperand(0), Add.getOperand(1));
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000500 }
501};
502
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000503static Value *FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Instruction &I, Value *SO,
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000504 InstCombiner *IC) {
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000505 if (isa<CastInst>(I)) {
506 if (Constant *SOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO))
507 return ConstantExpr::getCast(SOC, I.getType());
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000508
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000509 return IC->InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(SO, I.getType(),
510 SO->getName() + ".cast"), I);
511 }
512
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000513 // Figure out if the constant is the left or the right argument.
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000514 bool ConstIsRHS = isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(1));
515 Constant *ConstOperand = cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(ConstIsRHS));
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000516
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000517 if (Constant *SOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO)) {
518 if (ConstIsRHS)
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000519 return ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), SOC, ConstOperand);
520 return ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), ConstOperand, SOC);
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000521 }
522
523 Value *Op0 = SO, *Op1 = ConstOperand;
524 if (!ConstIsRHS)
525 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
526 Instruction *New;
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000527 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(&I))
528 New = BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), Op0, Op1,SO->getName()+".op");
529 else if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(&I))
530 New = new ShiftInst(SI->getOpcode(), Op0, Op1, SO->getName()+".sh");
Chris Lattnerf9d96652004-04-10 19:15:56 +0000531 else {
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000532 assert(0 && "Unknown binary instruction type!");
Chris Lattnerf9d96652004-04-10 19:15:56 +0000533 abort();
534 }
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000535 return IC->InsertNewInstBefore(New, I);
536}
537
538// FoldOpIntoSelect - Given an instruction with a select as one operand and a
539// constant as the other operand, try to fold the binary operator into the
540// select arguments. This also works for Cast instructions, which obviously do
541// not have a second operand.
542static Instruction *FoldOpIntoSelect(Instruction &Op, SelectInst *SI,
543 InstCombiner *IC) {
544 // Don't modify shared select instructions
545 if (!SI->hasOneUse()) return 0;
546 Value *TV = SI->getOperand(1);
547 Value *FV = SI->getOperand(2);
548
549 if (isa<Constant>(TV) || isa<Constant>(FV)) {
Chris Lattner374e6592005-04-21 05:43:13 +0000550 // Bool selects with constant operands can be folded to logical ops.
551 if (SI->getType() == Type::BoolTy) return 0;
552
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000553 Value *SelectTrueVal = FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, TV, IC);
554 Value *SelectFalseVal = FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, FV, IC);
555
556 return new SelectInst(SI->getCondition(), SelectTrueVal,
557 SelectFalseVal);
558 }
559 return 0;
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000560}
561
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000562
563/// FoldOpIntoPhi - Given a binary operator or cast instruction which has a PHI
564/// node as operand #0, see if we can fold the instruction into the PHI (which
565/// is only possible if all operands to the PHI are constants).
566Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I) {
567 PHINode *PN = cast<PHINode>(I.getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000568 unsigned NumPHIValues = PN->getNumIncomingValues();
569 if (!PN->hasOneUse() || NumPHIValues == 0 ||
570 !isa<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(0))) return 0;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000571
572 // Check to see if all of the operands of the PHI are constants. If not, we
573 // cannot do the transformation.
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000574 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumPHIValues; ++i)
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000575 if (!isa<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i)))
576 return 0;
577
578 // Okay, we can do the transformation: create the new PHI node.
579 PHINode *NewPN = new PHINode(I.getType(), I.getName());
580 I.setName("");
Chris Lattnerd8e20182005-01-29 00:39:08 +0000581 NewPN->reserveOperandSpace(PN->getNumOperands()/2);
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000582 InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, *PN);
583
584 // Next, add all of the operands to the PHI.
585 if (I.getNumOperands() == 2) {
586 Constant *C = cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1));
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000587 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000588 Constant *InV = cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i));
589 NewPN->addIncoming(ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), InV, C),
590 PN->getIncomingBlock(i));
591 }
592 } else {
593 assert(isa<CastInst>(I) && "Unary op should be a cast!");
594 const Type *RetTy = I.getType();
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000595 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000596 Constant *InV = cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i));
597 NewPN->addIncoming(ConstantExpr::getCast(InV, RetTy),
598 PN->getIncomingBlock(i));
599 }
600 }
601 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, NewPN);
602}
603
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000604Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAdd(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000605 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000606 Value *LHS = I.getOperand(0), *RHS = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000607
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000608 if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(RHS)) {
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000609 // X + undef -> undef
610 if (isa<UndefValue>(RHS))
611 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
612
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000613 // X + 0 --> X
614 if (!I.getType()->isFloatingPoint() && // -0 + +0 = +0, so it's not a noop
615 RHSC->isNullValue())
616 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000617
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000618 // X + (signbit) --> X ^ signbit
619 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHSC)) {
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +0000620 unsigned NumBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000621 uint64_t Val = CI->getRawValue() & (1ULL << NumBits)-1;
Chris Lattner33eb9092004-11-05 04:45:43 +0000622 if (Val == (1ULL << (NumBits-1)))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000623 return BinaryOperator::createXor(LHS, RHS);
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000624 }
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000625
626 if (isa<PHINode>(LHS))
627 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
628 return NV;
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000629 }
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000630
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000631 // X + X --> X << 1
Robert Bocchino7b5b86c2004-07-27 21:02:21 +0000632 if (I.getType()->isInteger()) {
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000633 if (Instruction *Result = AssociativeOpt(I, AddRHS(RHS))) return Result;
Chris Lattner47060462005-04-07 17:14:51 +0000634
635 if (Instruction *RHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(RHS)) {
636 if (RHSI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub)
637 if (LHS == RHSI->getOperand(1)) // A + (B - A) --> B
638 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHSI->getOperand(0));
639 }
640 if (Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHS)) {
641 if (LHSI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub)
642 if (RHS == LHSI->getOperand(1)) // (B - A) + A --> B
643 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHSI->getOperand(0));
644 }
Robert Bocchino7b5b86c2004-07-27 21:02:21 +0000645 }
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +0000646
Chris Lattner147e9752002-05-08 22:46:53 +0000647 // -A + B --> B - A
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000648 if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(LHS))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000649 return BinaryOperator::createSub(RHS, V);
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000650
651 // A + -B --> A - B
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000652 if (!isa<Constant>(RHS))
653 if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(RHS))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000654 return BinaryOperator::createSub(LHS, V);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000655
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000656
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000657 ConstantInt *C2;
658 if (Value *X = dyn_castFoldableMul(LHS, C2)) {
659 if (X == RHS) // X*C + X --> X * (C+1)
660 return BinaryOperator::createMul(RHS, AddOne(C2));
661
662 // X*C1 + X*C2 --> X * (C1+C2)
663 ConstantInt *C1;
664 if (X == dyn_castFoldableMul(RHS, C1))
665 return BinaryOperator::createMul(X, ConstantExpr::getAdd(C1, C2));
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000666 }
667
668 // X + X*C --> X * (C+1)
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000669 if (dyn_castFoldableMul(RHS, C2) == LHS)
670 return BinaryOperator::createMul(LHS, AddOne(C2));
671
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000672
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000673 // (A & C1)+(B & C2) --> (A & C1)|(B & C2) iff C1&C2 == 0
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000674 if (match(RHS, m_And(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(C2))))
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000675 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, AddMaskingAnd(C2))) return R;
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000676
Chris Lattnerb9cde762003-10-02 15:11:26 +0000677 if (ConstantInt *CRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)) {
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000678 Value *X;
679 if (match(LHS, m_Not(m_Value(X)))) { // ~X + C --> (C-1) - X
680 Constant *C= ConstantExpr::getSub(CRHS, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1));
681 return BinaryOperator::createSub(C, X);
Chris Lattnerb9cde762003-10-02 15:11:26 +0000682 }
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000683
Chris Lattnerbff91d92004-10-08 05:07:56 +0000684 // (X & FF00) + xx00 -> (X+xx00) & FF00
685 if (LHS->hasOneUse() && match(LHS, m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C2)))) {
686 Constant *Anded = ConstantExpr::getAnd(CRHS, C2);
687 if (Anded == CRHS) {
688 // See if all bits from the first bit set in the Add RHS up are included
689 // in the mask. First, get the rightmost bit.
690 uint64_t AddRHSV = CRHS->getRawValue();
691
692 // Form a mask of all bits from the lowest bit added through the top.
693 uint64_t AddRHSHighBits = ~((AddRHSV & -AddRHSV)-1);
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +0000694 AddRHSHighBits &= (1ULL << C2->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits())-1;
Chris Lattnerbff91d92004-10-08 05:07:56 +0000695
696 // See if the and mask includes all of these bits.
697 uint64_t AddRHSHighBitsAnd = AddRHSHighBits & C2->getRawValue();
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000698
Chris Lattnerbff91d92004-10-08 05:07:56 +0000699 if (AddRHSHighBits == AddRHSHighBitsAnd) {
700 // Okay, the xform is safe. Insert the new add pronto.
701 Value *NewAdd = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAdd(X, CRHS,
702 LHS->getName()), I);
703 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(NewAdd, C2);
704 }
705 }
706 }
707
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000708 // Try to fold constant add into select arguments.
709 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(LHS))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000710 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000711 return R;
Chris Lattnerb9cde762003-10-02 15:11:26 +0000712 }
713
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000714 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000715}
716
Chris Lattnerbdb0ce02003-07-22 21:46:59 +0000717// isSignBit - Return true if the value represented by the constant only has the
718// highest order bit set.
719static bool isSignBit(ConstantInt *CI) {
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +0000720 unsigned NumBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattnerbdb0ce02003-07-22 21:46:59 +0000721 return (CI->getRawValue() & ~(-1LL << NumBits)) == (1ULL << (NumBits-1));
722}
723
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000724/// RemoveNoopCast - Strip off nonconverting casts from the value.
725///
726static Value *RemoveNoopCast(Value *V) {
727 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(V)) {
728 const Type *CTy = CI->getType();
729 const Type *OpTy = CI->getOperand(0)->getType();
730 if (CTy->isInteger() && OpTy->isInteger()) {
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +0000731 if (CTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == OpTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits())
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000732 return RemoveNoopCast(CI->getOperand(0));
733 } else if (isa<PointerType>(CTy) && isa<PointerType>(OpTy))
734 return RemoveNoopCast(CI->getOperand(0));
735 }
736 return V;
737}
738
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000739Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSub(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000740 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +0000741
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000742 if (Op0 == Op1) // sub X, X -> 0
743 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000744
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000745 // If this is a 'B = x-(-A)', change to B = x+A...
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000746 if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(Op1))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000747 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op0, V);
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000748
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000749 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0))
750 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // undef - X -> undef
751 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
752 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X - undef -> undef
753
Chris Lattner8f2f5982003-11-05 01:06:05 +0000754 if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0)) {
755 // Replace (-1 - A) with (~A)...
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000756 if (C->isAllOnesValue())
757 return BinaryOperator::createNot(Op1);
Chris Lattnerad3c4952002-05-09 01:29:19 +0000758
Chris Lattner8f2f5982003-11-05 01:06:05 +0000759 // C - ~X == X + (1+C)
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000760 Value *X;
761 if (match(Op1, m_Not(m_Value(X))))
762 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(X,
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000763 ConstantExpr::getAdd(C, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1)));
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000764 // -((uint)X >> 31) -> ((int)X >> 31)
765 // -((int)X >> 31) -> ((uint)X >> 31)
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000766 if (C->isNullValue()) {
767 Value *NoopCastedRHS = RemoveNoopCast(Op1);
768 if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(NoopCastedRHS))
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000769 if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shr)
770 if (ConstantUInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(1))) {
771 const Type *NewTy;
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000772 if (SI->getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000773 NewTy = SI->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000774 else
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000775 NewTy = SI->getType()->getSignedVersion();
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000776 // Check to see if we are shifting out everything but the sign bit.
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +0000777 if (CU->getValue() == SI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1) {
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000778 // Ok, the transformation is safe. Insert a cast of the incoming
779 // value, then the new shift, then the new cast.
780 Instruction *FirstCast = new CastInst(SI->getOperand(0), NewTy,
781 SI->getOperand(0)->getName());
782 Value *InV = InsertNewInstBefore(FirstCast, I);
783 Instruction *NewShift = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, FirstCast,
784 CU, SI->getName());
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000785 if (NewShift->getType() == I.getType())
786 return NewShift;
787 else {
788 InV = InsertNewInstBefore(NewShift, I);
789 return new CastInst(NewShift, I.getType());
790 }
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000791 }
792 }
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000793 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000794
795 // Try to fold constant sub into select arguments.
796 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000797 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000798 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000799
800 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
801 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
802 return NV;
Chris Lattner8f2f5982003-11-05 01:06:05 +0000803 }
804
Chris Lattnera9be4492005-04-07 16:15:25 +0000805 if (BinaryOperator *Op1I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)) {
806 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add &&
807 !Op0->getType()->isFloatingPoint()) {
Chris Lattnerc7f3c1a2005-04-07 16:28:01 +0000808 if (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0) // X-(X+Y) == -Y
Chris Lattnera9be4492005-04-07 16:15:25 +0000809 return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op1I->getOperand(1), I.getName());
Chris Lattnerc7f3c1a2005-04-07 16:28:01 +0000810 else if (Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0) // X-(Y+X) == -Y
Chris Lattnera9be4492005-04-07 16:15:25 +0000811 return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op1I->getOperand(0), I.getName());
Chris Lattnerc7f3c1a2005-04-07 16:28:01 +0000812 else if (ConstantInt *CI1 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I.getOperand(0))) {
813 if (ConstantInt *CI2 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1I->getOperand(1)))
814 // C1-(X+C2) --> (C1-C2)-X
815 return BinaryOperator::createSub(ConstantExpr::getSub(CI1, CI2),
816 Op1I->getOperand(0));
817 }
Chris Lattnera9be4492005-04-07 16:15:25 +0000818 }
819
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000820 if (Op1I->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000821 // Replace (x - (y - z)) with (x + (z - y)) if the (y - z) subexpression
822 // is not used by anyone else...
823 //
Chris Lattnerc2f0aa52004-02-02 20:09:56 +0000824 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub &&
825 !Op1I->getType()->isFloatingPoint()) {
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000826 // Swap the two operands of the subexpr...
827 Value *IIOp0 = Op1I->getOperand(0), *IIOp1 = Op1I->getOperand(1);
828 Op1I->setOperand(0, IIOp1);
829 Op1I->setOperand(1, IIOp0);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000830
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000831 // Create the new top level add instruction...
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000832 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000833 }
834
835 // Replace (A - (A & B)) with (A & ~B) if this is the only use of (A&B)...
836 //
837 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
838 (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0 || Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0)) {
839 Value *OtherOp = Op1I->getOperand(Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0);
840
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +0000841 Value *NewNot =
842 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(OtherOp, "B.not"), I);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000843 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0, NewNot);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000844 }
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000845
Chris Lattner0aee4b72004-10-06 15:08:25 +0000846 // -(X sdiv C) -> (X sdiv -C)
847 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Div)
848 if (ConstantSInt *CSI = dyn_cast<ConstantSInt>(Op0))
Chris Lattnera9be4492005-04-07 16:15:25 +0000849 if (CSI->isNullValue())
Chris Lattner0aee4b72004-10-06 15:08:25 +0000850 if (Constant *DivRHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1I->getOperand(1)))
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000851 return BinaryOperator::createDiv(Op1I->getOperand(0),
Chris Lattner0aee4b72004-10-06 15:08:25 +0000852 ConstantExpr::getNeg(DivRHS));
853
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000854 // X - X*C --> X * (1-C)
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000855 ConstantInt *C2;
856 if (dyn_castFoldableMul(Op1I, C2) == Op0) {
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000857 Constant *CP1 =
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000858 ConstantExpr::getSub(ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1), C2);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000859 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op0, CP1);
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000860 }
Chris Lattnerad3c4952002-05-09 01:29:19 +0000861 }
Chris Lattnera9be4492005-04-07 16:15:25 +0000862 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000863
Chris Lattner47060462005-04-07 17:14:51 +0000864 if (!Op0->getType()->isFloatingPoint())
865 if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
866 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
Chris Lattner411336f2005-01-19 21:50:18 +0000867 if (Op0I->getOperand(0) == Op1) // (Y+X)-Y == X
868 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(1));
869 else if (Op0I->getOperand(1) == Op1) // (X+Y)-Y == X
870 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner47060462005-04-07 17:14:51 +0000871 } else if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub) {
872 if (Op0I->getOperand(0) == Op1) // (X-Y)-X == -Y
873 return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op0I->getOperand(1), I.getName());
Chris Lattner411336f2005-01-19 21:50:18 +0000874 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000875
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000876 ConstantInt *C1;
877 if (Value *X = dyn_castFoldableMul(Op0, C1)) {
878 if (X == Op1) { // X*C - X --> X * (C-1)
879 Constant *CP1 = ConstantExpr::getSub(C1, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(),1));
880 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op1, CP1);
881 }
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000882
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000883 ConstantInt *C2; // X*C1 - X*C2 -> X * (C1-C2)
884 if (X == dyn_castFoldableMul(Op1, C2))
885 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op1, ConstantExpr::getSub(C1, C2));
886 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +0000887 return 0;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000888}
889
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000890/// isSignBitCheck - Given an exploded setcc instruction, return true if it is
891/// really just returns true if the most significant (sign) bit is set.
892static bool isSignBitCheck(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, ConstantInt *RHS) {
893 if (RHS->getType()->isSigned()) {
894 // True if source is LHS < 0 or LHS <= -1
895 return Opcode == Instruction::SetLT && RHS->isNullValue() ||
896 Opcode == Instruction::SetLE && RHS->isAllOnesValue();
897 } else {
898 ConstantUInt *RHSC = cast<ConstantUInt>(RHS);
899 // True if source is LHS > 127 or LHS >= 128, where the constants depend on
900 // the size of the integer type.
901 if (Opcode == Instruction::SetGE)
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +0000902 return RHSC->getValue() ==
903 1ULL << (RHS->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1);
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000904 if (Opcode == Instruction::SetGT)
905 return RHSC->getValue() ==
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +0000906 (1ULL << (RHS->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1))-1;
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000907 }
908 return false;
909}
910
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000911Instruction *InstCombiner::visitMul(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000912 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000913 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000914
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000915 if (isa<UndefValue>(I.getOperand(1))) // undef * X -> 0
916 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
917
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000918 // Simplify mul instructions with a constant RHS...
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000919 if (Constant *Op1 = dyn_cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1))) {
920 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +0000921
922 // ((X << C1)*C2) == (X * (C2 << C1))
923 if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(Op0))
924 if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
925 if (Constant *ShOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000926 return BinaryOperator::createMul(SI->getOperand(0),
927 ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShOp));
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000928
Chris Lattnercce81be2003-09-11 22:24:54 +0000929 if (CI->isNullValue())
930 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X * 0 == 0
931 if (CI->equalsInt(1)) // X * 1 == X
932 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
933 if (CI->isAllOnesValue()) // X * -1 == 0 - X
Chris Lattner35236d82003-06-25 17:09:20 +0000934 return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op0, I.getName());
Chris Lattner31ba1292002-04-29 22:24:47 +0000935
Chris Lattnercce81be2003-09-11 22:24:54 +0000936 int64_t Val = (int64_t)cast<ConstantInt>(CI)->getRawValue();
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000937 if (uint64_t C = Log2(Val)) // Replace X*(2^C) with X << C
938 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl, Op0,
939 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, C));
Robert Bocchino7b5b86c2004-07-27 21:02:21 +0000940 } else if (ConstantFP *Op1F = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000941 if (Op1F->isNullValue())
942 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1);
Chris Lattner31ba1292002-04-29 22:24:47 +0000943
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000944 // "In IEEE floating point, x*1 is not equivalent to x for nans. However,
945 // ANSI says we can drop signals, so we can do this anyway." (from GCC)
946 if (Op1F->getValue() == 1.0)
947 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // Eliminate 'mul double %X, 1.0'
948 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000949
950 // Try to fold constant mul into select arguments.
951 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000952 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000953 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000954
955 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
956 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
957 return NV;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000958 }
959
Chris Lattner934a64cf2003-03-10 23:23:04 +0000960 if (Value *Op0v = dyn_castNegVal(Op0)) // -X * -Y = X*Y
961 if (Value *Op1v = dyn_castNegVal(I.getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000962 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op0v, Op1v);
Chris Lattner934a64cf2003-03-10 23:23:04 +0000963
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +0000964 // If one of the operands of the multiply is a cast from a boolean value, then
965 // we know the bool is either zero or one, so this is a 'masking' multiply.
966 // See if we can simplify things based on how the boolean was originally
967 // formed.
968 CastInst *BoolCast = 0;
969 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I.getOperand(0)))
970 if (CI->getOperand(0)->getType() == Type::BoolTy)
971 BoolCast = CI;
972 if (!BoolCast)
973 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I.getOperand(1)))
974 if (CI->getOperand(0)->getType() == Type::BoolTy)
975 BoolCast = CI;
976 if (BoolCast) {
977 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(BoolCast->getOperand(0))) {
978 Value *SCIOp0 = SCI->getOperand(0), *SCIOp1 = SCI->getOperand(1);
979 const Type *SCOpTy = SCIOp0->getType();
980
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000981 // If the setcc is true iff the sign bit of X is set, then convert this
982 // multiply into a shift/and combination.
983 if (isa<ConstantInt>(SCIOp1) &&
984 isSignBitCheck(SCI->getOpcode(), SCIOp0, cast<ConstantInt>(SCIOp1))) {
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +0000985 // Shift the X value right to turn it into "all signbits".
986 Constant *Amt = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy,
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +0000987 SCOpTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1);
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000988 if (SCIOp0->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000989 const Type *NewTy = SCIOp0->getType()->getSignedVersion();
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000990 SCIOp0 = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(SCIOp0, NewTy,
991 SCIOp0->getName()), I);
992 }
993
994 Value *V =
995 InsertNewInstBefore(new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, SCIOp0, Amt,
996 BoolCast->getOperand(0)->getName()+
997 ".mask"), I);
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +0000998
999 // If the multiply type is not the same as the source type, sign extend
1000 // or truncate to the multiply type.
1001 if (I.getType() != V->getType())
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +00001002 V = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(V, I.getType(), V->getName()),I);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001003
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +00001004 Value *OtherOp = Op0 == BoolCast ? I.getOperand(1) : Op0;
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001005 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(V, OtherOp);
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +00001006 }
1007 }
1008 }
1009
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001010 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00001011}
1012
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001013Instruction *InstCombiner::visitDiv(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001014 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001015
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001016 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) // undef / X -> 0
1017 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1018 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
1019 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X / undef -> undef
1020
1021 if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattnere20c3342004-04-26 14:01:59 +00001022 // div X, 1 == X
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001023 if (RHS->equalsInt(1))
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001024 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001025
Chris Lattnere20c3342004-04-26 14:01:59 +00001026 // div X, -1 == -X
1027 if (RHS->isAllOnesValue())
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001028 return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op0);
Chris Lattnere20c3342004-04-26 14:01:59 +00001029
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001030 if (Instruction *LHS = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00001031 if (LHS->getOpcode() == Instruction::Div)
1032 if (ConstantInt *LHSRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHS->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00001033 // (X / C1) / C2 -> X / (C1*C2)
1034 return BinaryOperator::createDiv(LHS->getOperand(0),
1035 ConstantExpr::getMul(RHS, LHSRHS));
1036 }
1037
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001038 // Check to see if this is an unsigned division with an exact power of 2,
1039 // if so, convert to a right shift.
1040 if (ConstantUInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(RHS))
1041 if (uint64_t Val = C->getValue()) // Don't break X / 0
1042 if (uint64_t C = Log2(Val))
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001043 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, Op0,
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001044 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, C));
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00001045
Chris Lattner4ad08352004-10-09 02:50:40 +00001046 // -X/C -> X/-C
1047 if (RHS->getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001048 if (Value *LHSNeg = dyn_castNegVal(Op0))
Chris Lattner4ad08352004-10-09 02:50:40 +00001049 return BinaryOperator::createDiv(LHSNeg, ConstantExpr::getNeg(RHS));
1050
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001051 if (!RHS->isNullValue()) {
1052 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001053 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001054 return R;
1055 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1056 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1057 return NV;
1058 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001059 }
1060
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001061 // If this is 'udiv X, (Cond ? C1, C2)' where C1&C2 are powers of two,
1062 // transform this into: '(Cond ? (udiv X, C1) : (udiv X, C2))'.
1063 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
1064 if (ConstantUInt *STO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(1)))
1065 if (ConstantUInt *SFO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(2))) {
1066 if (STO->getValue() == 0) { // Couldn't be this argument.
1067 I.setOperand(1, SFO);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001068 return &I;
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001069 } else if (SFO->getValue() == 0) {
Chris Lattner42362612005-04-08 04:03:26 +00001070 I.setOperand(2, STO);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001071 return &I;
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001072 }
1073
Chris Lattner42362612005-04-08 04:03:26 +00001074 uint64_t TVA = STO->getValue(), FVA = SFO->getValue();
1075 unsigned TSA = 0, FSA = 0;
1076 if ((TVA == 1 || (TSA = Log2(TVA))) && // Log2 fails for 0 & 1.
1077 (FVA == 1 || (FSA = Log2(FVA)))) {
1078 Constant *TC = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, TSA);
1079 Instruction *TSI = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, Op0,
1080 TC, SI->getName()+".t");
1081 TSI = InsertNewInstBefore(TSI, I);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001082
Chris Lattner42362612005-04-08 04:03:26 +00001083 Constant *FC = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, FSA);
1084 Instruction *FSI = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, Op0,
1085 FC, SI->getName()+".f");
1086 FSI = InsertNewInstBefore(FSI, I);
1087 return new SelectInst(SI->getOperand(0), TSI, FSI);
1088 }
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001089 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001090
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001091 // 0 / X == 0, we don't need to preserve faults!
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001092 if (ConstantInt *LHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0))
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001093 if (LHS->equalsInt(0))
1094 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1095
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001096 return 0;
1097}
1098
1099
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001100Instruction *InstCombiner::visitRem(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001101 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner7fd5f072004-07-06 07:01:22 +00001102 if (I.getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001103 if (Value *RHSNeg = dyn_castNegVal(Op1))
Chris Lattner98c6bdf2004-07-06 07:11:42 +00001104 if (!isa<ConstantSInt>(RHSNeg) ||
Chris Lattner8e726062004-08-09 21:05:48 +00001105 cast<ConstantSInt>(RHSNeg)->getValue() > 0) {
Chris Lattner7fd5f072004-07-06 07:01:22 +00001106 // X % -Y -> X % Y
1107 AddUsesToWorkList(I);
1108 I.setOperand(1, RHSNeg);
1109 return &I;
1110 }
1111
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001112 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) // undef % X -> 0
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001113 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001114 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
1115 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X % undef -> undef
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001116
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001117 if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001118 if (RHS->equalsInt(1)) // X % 1 == 0
1119 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1120
1121 // Check to see if this is an unsigned remainder with an exact power of 2,
1122 // if so, convert to a bitwise and.
1123 if (ConstantUInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(RHS))
1124 if (uint64_t Val = C->getValue()) // Don't break X % 0 (divide by zero)
Chris Lattnerd9e58132004-05-07 15:35:56 +00001125 if (!(Val & (Val-1))) // Power of 2
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001126 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0,
1127 ConstantUInt::get(I.getType(), Val-1));
1128
1129 if (!RHS->isNullValue()) {
1130 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001131 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001132 return R;
1133 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1134 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1135 return NV;
1136 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001137 }
1138
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001139 // If this is 'urem X, (Cond ? C1, C2)' where C1&C2 are powers of two,
1140 // transform this into: '(Cond ? (urem X, C1) : (urem X, C2))'.
1141 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
1142 if (ConstantUInt *STO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(1)))
1143 if (ConstantUInt *SFO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(2))) {
1144 if (STO->getValue() == 0) { // Couldn't be this argument.
1145 I.setOperand(1, SFO);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001146 return &I;
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001147 } else if (SFO->getValue() == 0) {
1148 I.setOperand(1, STO);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001149 return &I;
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001150 }
1151
1152 if (!(STO->getValue() & (STO->getValue()-1)) &&
1153 !(SFO->getValue() & (SFO->getValue()-1))) {
1154 Value *TrueAnd = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0,
1155 SubOne(STO), SI->getName()+".t"), I);
1156 Value *FalseAnd = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0,
1157 SubOne(SFO), SI->getName()+".f"), I);
1158 return new SelectInst(SI->getOperand(0), TrueAnd, FalseAnd);
1159 }
1160 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001161
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001162 // 0 % X == 0, we don't need to preserve faults!
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001163 if (ConstantInt *LHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0))
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001164 if (LHS->equalsInt(0))
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001165 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1166
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001167 return 0;
1168}
1169
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001170// isMaxValueMinusOne - return true if this is Max-1
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001171static bool isMaxValueMinusOne(const ConstantInt *C) {
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001172 if (const ConstantUInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(C)) {
1173 // Calculate -1 casted to the right type...
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00001174 unsigned TypeBits = C->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001175 uint64_t Val = ~0ULL; // All ones
1176 Val >>= 64-TypeBits; // Shift out unwanted 1 bits...
1177 return CU->getValue() == Val-1;
1178 }
1179
1180 const ConstantSInt *CS = cast<ConstantSInt>(C);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001181
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001182 // Calculate 0111111111..11111
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00001183 unsigned TypeBits = C->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001184 int64_t Val = INT64_MAX; // All ones
1185 Val >>= 64-TypeBits; // Shift out unwanted 1 bits...
1186 return CS->getValue() == Val-1;
1187}
1188
1189// isMinValuePlusOne - return true if this is Min+1
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001190static bool isMinValuePlusOne(const ConstantInt *C) {
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001191 if (const ConstantUInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(C))
1192 return CU->getValue() == 1;
1193
1194 const ConstantSInt *CS = cast<ConstantSInt>(C);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001195
1196 // Calculate 1111111111000000000000
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00001197 unsigned TypeBits = C->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001198 int64_t Val = -1; // All ones
1199 Val <<= TypeBits-1; // Shift over to the right spot
1200 return CS->getValue() == Val+1;
1201}
1202
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001203// isOneBitSet - Return true if there is exactly one bit set in the specified
1204// constant.
1205static bool isOneBitSet(const ConstantInt *CI) {
1206 uint64_t V = CI->getRawValue();
1207 return V && (V & (V-1)) == 0;
1208}
1209
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00001210#if 0 // Currently unused
1211// isLowOnes - Return true if the constant is of the form 0+1+.
1212static bool isLowOnes(const ConstantInt *CI) {
1213 uint64_t V = CI->getRawValue();
1214
1215 // There won't be bits set in parts that the type doesn't contain.
1216 V &= ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(CI->getType())->getRawValue();
1217
1218 uint64_t U = V+1; // If it is low ones, this should be a power of two.
1219 return U && V && (U & V) == 0;
1220}
1221#endif
1222
1223// isHighOnes - Return true if the constant is of the form 1+0+.
1224// This is the same as lowones(~X).
1225static bool isHighOnes(const ConstantInt *CI) {
1226 uint64_t V = ~CI->getRawValue();
1227
1228 // There won't be bits set in parts that the type doesn't contain.
1229 V &= ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(CI->getType())->getRawValue();
1230
1231 uint64_t U = V+1; // If it is low ones, this should be a power of two.
1232 return U && V && (U & V) == 0;
1233}
1234
1235
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001236/// getSetCondCode - Encode a setcc opcode into a three bit mask. These bits
1237/// are carefully arranged to allow folding of expressions such as:
1238///
1239/// (A < B) | (A > B) --> (A != B)
1240///
1241/// Bit value '4' represents that the comparison is true if A > B, bit value '2'
1242/// represents that the comparison is true if A == B, and bit value '1' is true
1243/// if A < B.
1244///
1245static unsigned getSetCondCode(const SetCondInst *SCI) {
1246 switch (SCI->getOpcode()) {
1247 // False -> 0
1248 case Instruction::SetGT: return 1;
1249 case Instruction::SetEQ: return 2;
1250 case Instruction::SetGE: return 3;
1251 case Instruction::SetLT: return 4;
1252 case Instruction::SetNE: return 5;
1253 case Instruction::SetLE: return 6;
1254 // True -> 7
1255 default:
1256 assert(0 && "Invalid SetCC opcode!");
1257 return 0;
1258 }
1259}
1260
1261/// getSetCCValue - This is the complement of getSetCondCode, which turns an
1262/// opcode and two operands into either a constant true or false, or a brand new
1263/// SetCC instruction.
1264static Value *getSetCCValue(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, Value *RHS) {
1265 switch (Opcode) {
1266 case 0: return ConstantBool::False;
1267 case 1: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, LHS, RHS);
1268 case 2: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetEQ, LHS, RHS);
1269 case 3: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, LHS, RHS);
1270 case 4: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, LHS, RHS);
1271 case 5: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetNE, LHS, RHS);
1272 case 6: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLE, LHS, RHS);
1273 case 7: return ConstantBool::True;
1274 default: assert(0 && "Illegal SetCCCode!"); return 0;
1275 }
1276}
1277
1278// FoldSetCCLogical - Implements (setcc1 A, B) & (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
1279struct FoldSetCCLogical {
1280 InstCombiner &IC;
1281 Value *LHS, *RHS;
1282 FoldSetCCLogical(InstCombiner &ic, SetCondInst *SCI)
1283 : IC(ic), LHS(SCI->getOperand(0)), RHS(SCI->getOperand(1)) {}
1284 bool shouldApply(Value *V) const {
1285 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(V))
1286 return (SCI->getOperand(0) == LHS && SCI->getOperand(1) == RHS ||
1287 SCI->getOperand(0) == RHS && SCI->getOperand(1) == LHS);
1288 return false;
1289 }
1290 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Log) const {
1291 SetCondInst *SCI = cast<SetCondInst>(Log.getOperand(0));
1292 if (SCI->getOperand(0) != LHS) {
1293 assert(SCI->getOperand(1) == LHS);
1294 SCI->swapOperands(); // Swap the LHS and RHS of the SetCC
1295 }
1296
1297 unsigned LHSCode = getSetCondCode(SCI);
1298 unsigned RHSCode = getSetCondCode(cast<SetCondInst>(Log.getOperand(1)));
1299 unsigned Code;
1300 switch (Log.getOpcode()) {
1301 case Instruction::And: Code = LHSCode & RHSCode; break;
1302 case Instruction::Or: Code = LHSCode | RHSCode; break;
1303 case Instruction::Xor: Code = LHSCode ^ RHSCode; break;
Chris Lattner2caaaba2003-09-22 20:33:34 +00001304 default: assert(0 && "Illegal logical opcode!"); return 0;
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001305 }
1306
1307 Value *RV = getSetCCValue(Code, LHS, RHS);
1308 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(RV))
1309 return I;
1310 // Otherwise, it's a constant boolean value...
1311 return IC.ReplaceInstUsesWith(Log, RV);
1312 }
1313};
1314
1315
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001316/// MaskedValueIsZero - Return true if 'V & Mask' is known to be zero. We use
1317/// this predicate to simplify operations downstream. V and Mask are known to
1318/// be the same type.
1319static bool MaskedValueIsZero(Value *V, ConstantIntegral *Mask) {
1320 if (isa<UndefValue>(V) || Mask->isNullValue())
1321 return true;
1322 if (ConstantIntegral *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(V))
1323 return ConstantExpr::getAnd(CI, Mask)->isNullValue();
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001324
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001325 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
1326 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
1327 case Instruction::And:
1328 // (X & C1) & C2 == 0 iff C1 & C2 == 0.
1329 if (ConstantIntegral *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(I->getOperand(1)))
1330 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(CI, Mask)->isNullValue())
1331 return true;
1332 break;
Chris Lattner9e2c7fa2005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001333 case Instruction::Or:
1334 // If the LHS and the RHS are MaskedValueIsZero, the result is also zero.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001335 return MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(1), Mask) &&
Chris Lattner9e2c7fa2005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001336 MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(0), Mask);
1337 case Instruction::Select:
1338 // If the T and F values are MaskedValueIsZero, the result is also zero.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001339 return MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(2), Mask) &&
Chris Lattner9e2c7fa2005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001340 MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(1), Mask);
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001341 case Instruction::Cast: {
1342 const Type *SrcTy = I->getOperand(0)->getType();
1343 if (SrcTy->isIntegral()) {
1344 // (cast <ty> X to int) & C2 == 0 iff <ty> could not have contained C2.
1345 if (SrcTy->isUnsigned() && // Only handle zero ext.
1346 ConstantExpr::getCast(Mask, SrcTy)->isNullValue())
1347 return true;
1348
1349 // If this is a noop cast, recurse.
1350 if (SrcTy != Type::BoolTy)
1351 if ((SrcTy->isSigned() && SrcTy->getUnsignedVersion() ==I->getType()) ||
1352 SrcTy->getSignedVersion() == I->getType()) {
1353 Constant *NewMask =
1354 ConstantExpr::getCast(Mask, I->getOperand(0)->getType());
1355 return MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(0),
1356 cast<ConstantIntegral>(NewMask));
1357 }
1358 }
1359 break;
1360 }
1361 case Instruction::Shl:
1362 // (shl X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (-1 << C1) & C2 == 0
1363 if (ConstantUInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
1364 Constant *C1 = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I->getType());
1365 C1 = ConstantExpr::getShl(C1, SA);
1366 C1 = ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, Mask);
1367 if (C1->isNullValue())
1368 return true;
1369 }
1370 break;
1371 case Instruction::Shr:
1372 // (ushr X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (-1 >> C1) & C2 == 0
1373 if (ConstantUInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(I->getOperand(1)))
1374 if (I->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
1375 Constant *C1 = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I->getType());
1376 C1 = ConstantExpr::getShr(C1, SA);
1377 C1 = ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, Mask);
1378 if (C1->isNullValue())
1379 return true;
1380 }
1381 break;
1382 }
1383 }
1384
1385 return false;
1386}
1387
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001388// OptAndOp - This handles expressions of the form ((val OP C1) & C2). Where
1389// the Op parameter is 'OP', OpRHS is 'C1', and AndRHS is 'C2'. Op is
1390// guaranteed to be either a shift instruction or a binary operator.
1391Instruction *InstCombiner::OptAndOp(Instruction *Op,
1392 ConstantIntegral *OpRHS,
1393 ConstantIntegral *AndRHS,
1394 BinaryOperator &TheAnd) {
1395 Value *X = Op->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattnerfcf21a72004-01-12 19:47:05 +00001396 Constant *Together = 0;
1397 if (!isa<ShiftInst>(Op))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001398 Together = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, OpRHS);
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00001399
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001400 switch (Op->getOpcode()) {
1401 case Instruction::Xor:
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001402 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001403 // (X ^ C1) & C2 --> (X & C2) ^ (C1&C2)
1404 std::string OpName = Op->getName(); Op->setName("");
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001405 Instruction *And = BinaryOperator::createAnd(X, AndRHS, OpName);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001406 InsertNewInstBefore(And, TheAnd);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001407 return BinaryOperator::createXor(And, Together);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001408 }
1409 break;
1410 case Instruction::Or:
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001411 if (Together == AndRHS) // (X | C) & C --> C
1412 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, AndRHS);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001413
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001414 if (Op->hasOneUse() && Together != OpRHS) {
1415 // (X | C1) & C2 --> (X | (C1&C2)) & C2
1416 std::string Op0Name = Op->getName(); Op->setName("");
1417 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(X, Together, Op0Name);
1418 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, TheAnd);
1419 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Or, AndRHS);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001420 }
1421 break;
1422 case Instruction::Add:
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00001423 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001424 // Adding a one to a single bit bit-field should be turned into an XOR
1425 // of the bit. First thing to check is to see if this AND is with a
1426 // single bit constant.
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001427 uint64_t AndRHSV = cast<ConstantInt>(AndRHS)->getRawValue();
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001428
1429 // Clear bits that are not part of the constant.
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00001430 AndRHSV &= (1ULL << AndRHS->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits())-1;
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001431
1432 // If there is only one bit set...
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001433 if (isOneBitSet(cast<ConstantInt>(AndRHS))) {
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001434 // Ok, at this point, we know that we are masking the result of the
1435 // ADD down to exactly one bit. If the constant we are adding has
1436 // no bits set below this bit, then we can eliminate the ADD.
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001437 uint64_t AddRHS = cast<ConstantInt>(OpRHS)->getRawValue();
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001438
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001439 // Check to see if any bits below the one bit set in AndRHSV are set.
1440 if ((AddRHS & (AndRHSV-1)) == 0) {
1441 // If not, the only thing that can effect the output of the AND is
1442 // the bit specified by AndRHSV. If that bit is set, the effect of
1443 // the XOR is to toggle the bit. If it is clear, then the ADD has
1444 // no effect.
1445 if ((AddRHS & AndRHSV) == 0) { // Bit is not set, noop
1446 TheAnd.setOperand(0, X);
1447 return &TheAnd;
1448 } else {
1449 std::string Name = Op->getName(); Op->setName("");
1450 // Pull the XOR out of the AND.
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001451 Instruction *NewAnd = BinaryOperator::createAnd(X, AndRHS, Name);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001452 InsertNewInstBefore(NewAnd, TheAnd);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001453 return BinaryOperator::createXor(NewAnd, AndRHS);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001454 }
1455 }
1456 }
1457 }
1458 break;
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001459
1460 case Instruction::Shl: {
1461 // We know that the AND will not produce any of the bits shifted in, so if
1462 // the anded constant includes them, clear them now!
1463 //
1464 Constant *AllOne = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(AndRHS->getType());
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001465 Constant *ShlMask = ConstantExpr::getShl(AllOne, OpRHS);
1466 Constant *CI = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, ShlMask);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001467
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001468 if (CI == ShlMask) { // Masking out bits that the shift already masks
1469 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, Op); // No need for the and.
1470 } else if (CI != AndRHS) { // Reducing bits set in and.
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001471 TheAnd.setOperand(1, CI);
1472 return &TheAnd;
1473 }
1474 break;
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001475 }
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001476 case Instruction::Shr:
1477 // We know that the AND will not produce any of the bits shifted in, so if
1478 // the anded constant includes them, clear them now! This only applies to
1479 // unsigned shifts, because a signed shr may bring in set bits!
1480 //
1481 if (AndRHS->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
1482 Constant *AllOne = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(AndRHS->getType());
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001483 Constant *ShrMask = ConstantExpr::getShr(AllOne, OpRHS);
1484 Constant *CI = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, ShrMask);
1485
1486 if (CI == ShrMask) { // Masking out bits that the shift already masks.
1487 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, Op);
1488 } else if (CI != AndRHS) {
1489 TheAnd.setOperand(1, CI); // Reduce bits set in and cst.
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001490 return &TheAnd;
1491 }
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001492 } else { // Signed shr.
1493 // See if this is shifting in some sign extension, then masking it out
1494 // with an and.
1495 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
1496 Constant *AllOne = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(AndRHS->getType());
1497 Constant *ShrMask = ConstantExpr::getUShr(AllOne, OpRHS);
1498 Constant *CI = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, ShrMask);
Chris Lattner5c3c21e2004-10-22 04:53:16 +00001499 if (CI == AndRHS) { // Masking out bits shifted in.
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001500 // Make the argument unsigned.
1501 Value *ShVal = Op->getOperand(0);
1502 ShVal = InsertCastBefore(ShVal,
1503 ShVal->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
1504 TheAnd);
1505 ShVal = InsertNewInstBefore(new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, ShVal,
1506 OpRHS, Op->getName()),
1507 TheAnd);
Chris Lattner70c20392004-10-27 05:57:15 +00001508 Value *AndRHS2 = ConstantExpr::getCast(AndRHS, ShVal->getType());
1509 ShVal = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(ShVal, AndRHS2,
1510 TheAnd.getName()),
1511 TheAnd);
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001512 return new CastInst(ShVal, Op->getType());
1513 }
1514 }
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001515 }
1516 break;
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001517 }
1518 return 0;
1519}
1520
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001521
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001522/// InsertRangeTest - Emit a computation of: (V >= Lo && V < Hi) if Inside is
1523/// true, otherwise (V < Lo || V >= Hi). In pratice, we emit the more efficient
1524/// (V-Lo) <u Hi-Lo. This method expects that Lo <= Hi. IB is the location to
1525/// insert new instructions.
1526Instruction *InstCombiner::InsertRangeTest(Value *V, Constant *Lo, Constant *Hi,
1527 bool Inside, Instruction &IB) {
1528 assert(cast<ConstantBool>(ConstantExpr::getSetLE(Lo, Hi))->getValue() &&
1529 "Lo is not <= Hi in range emission code!");
1530 if (Inside) {
1531 if (Lo == Hi) // Trivially false.
1532 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetNE, V, V);
1533 if (cast<ConstantIntegral>(Lo)->isMinValue())
1534 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, V, Hi);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001535
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001536 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Lo);
1537 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(V, AddCST,V->getName()+".off");
1538 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, IB);
1539 // Convert to unsigned for the comparison.
1540 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1541 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, IB);
1542 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getAdd(AddCST, Hi);
1543 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1544 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1545 }
1546
1547 if (Lo == Hi) // Trivially true.
1548 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetEQ, V, V);
1549
1550 Hi = SubOne(cast<ConstantInt>(Hi));
1551 if (cast<ConstantIntegral>(Lo)->isMinValue()) // V < 0 || V >= Hi ->'V > Hi-1'
1552 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, V, Hi);
1553
1554 // Emit X-Lo > Hi-Lo-1
1555 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Lo);
1556 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(V, AddCST, V->getName()+".off");
1557 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, IB);
1558 // Convert to unsigned for the comparison.
1559 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1560 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, IB);
1561 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getAdd(AddCST, Hi);
1562 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1563 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1564}
1565
1566
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001567Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAnd(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00001568 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001569 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001570
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001571 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) // X & undef -> 0
1572 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1573
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001574 // and X, X = X
1575 if (Op0 == Op1)
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001576 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001577
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001578 if (ConstantIntegral *AndRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner9e2c7fa2005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001579 // and X, -1 == X
1580 if (AndRHS->isAllOnesValue())
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001581 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001582
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001583 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, AndRHS)) // LHS & RHS == 0
1584 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1585
1586 // If the mask is not masking out any bits, there is no reason to do the
1587 // and in the first place.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001588 ConstantIntegral *NotAndRHS =
Chris Lattner9e2c7fa2005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001589 cast<ConstantIntegral>(ConstantExpr::getNot(AndRHS));
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001590 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, NotAndRHS))
Chris Lattner9e2c7fa2005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001591 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001592
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001593 // Optimize a variety of ((val OP C1) & C2) combinations...
1594 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(Op0) || isa<ShiftInst>(Op0)) {
1595 Instruction *Op0I = cast<Instruction>(Op0);
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001596 Value *Op0LHS = Op0I->getOperand(0);
1597 Value *Op0RHS = Op0I->getOperand(1);
1598 switch (Op0I->getOpcode()) {
1599 case Instruction::Xor:
1600 case Instruction::Or:
1601 // (X ^ V) & C2 --> (X & C2) iff (V & C2) == 0
1602 // (X | V) & C2 --> (X & C2) iff (V & C2) == 0
1603 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, AndRHS))
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001604 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0RHS, AndRHS);
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001605 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0RHS, AndRHS))
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001606 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0LHS, AndRHS);
Chris Lattner9e2c7fa2005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001607
1608 // If the mask is only needed on one incoming arm, push it up.
1609 if (Op0I->hasOneUse()) {
1610 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, NotAndRHS)) {
1611 // Not masking anything out for the LHS, move to RHS.
1612 Instruction *NewRHS = BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0RHS, AndRHS,
1613 Op0RHS->getName()+".masked");
1614 InsertNewInstBefore(NewRHS, I);
1615 return BinaryOperator::create(
1616 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0I)->getOpcode(), Op0LHS, NewRHS);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001617 }
Chris Lattner9e2c7fa2005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001618 if (!isa<Constant>(NotAndRHS) &&
1619 MaskedValueIsZero(Op0RHS, NotAndRHS)) {
1620 // Not masking anything out for the RHS, move to LHS.
1621 Instruction *NewLHS = BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0LHS, AndRHS,
1622 Op0LHS->getName()+".masked");
1623 InsertNewInstBefore(NewLHS, I);
1624 return BinaryOperator::create(
1625 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0I)->getOpcode(), NewLHS, Op0RHS);
1626 }
1627 }
1628
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001629 break;
1630 case Instruction::And:
1631 // (X & V) & C2 --> 0 iff (V & C2) == 0
1632 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, AndRHS) ||
1633 MaskedValueIsZero(Op0RHS, AndRHS))
1634 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1635 break;
1636 }
1637
Chris Lattner16464b32003-07-23 19:25:52 +00001638 if (ConstantInt *Op0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001639 if (Instruction *Res = OptAndOp(Op0I, Op0CI, AndRHS, I))
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001640 return Res;
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001641 } else if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
1642 const Type *SrcTy = CI->getOperand(0)->getType();
1643
1644 // If this is an integer sign or zero extension instruction.
1645 if (SrcTy->isIntegral() &&
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00001646 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() <
1647 CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) {
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001648
1649 if (SrcTy->isUnsigned()) {
1650 // See if this and is clearing out bits that are known to be zero
1651 // anyway (due to the zero extension).
1652 Constant *Mask = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy);
1653 Mask = ConstantExpr::getZeroExtend(Mask, CI->getType());
1654 Constant *Result = ConstantExpr::getAnd(Mask, AndRHS);
1655 if (Result == Mask) // The "and" isn't doing anything, remove it.
1656 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, CI);
1657 if (Result != AndRHS) { // Reduce the and RHS constant.
1658 I.setOperand(1, Result);
1659 return &I;
1660 }
1661
1662 } else {
1663 if (CI->hasOneUse() && SrcTy->isInteger()) {
1664 // We can only do this if all of the sign bits brought in are masked
1665 // out. Compute this by first getting 0000011111, then inverting
1666 // it.
1667 Constant *Mask = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy);
1668 Mask = ConstantExpr::getZeroExtend(Mask, CI->getType());
1669 Mask = ConstantExpr::getNot(Mask); // 1's in the new bits.
1670 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(Mask, AndRHS)->isNullValue()) {
1671 // If the and is clearing all of the sign bits, change this to a
1672 // zero extension cast. To do this, cast the cast input to
1673 // unsigned, then to the requested size.
1674 Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
1675 Instruction *NC =
1676 new CastInst(CastOp, CastOp->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
1677 CI->getName()+".uns");
1678 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
1679 // Finally, insert a replacement for CI.
1680 NC = new CastInst(NC, CI->getType(), CI->getName());
1681 CI->setName("");
1682 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
1683 WorkList.push_back(CI); // Delete CI later.
1684 I.setOperand(0, NC);
1685 return &I; // The AND operand was modified.
1686 }
1687 }
1688 }
1689 }
Chris Lattner33217db2003-07-23 19:36:21 +00001690 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001691
1692 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
1693 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001694 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001695 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00001696 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1697 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1698 return NV;
Chris Lattner49b47ae2003-07-23 17:57:01 +00001699 }
1700
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +00001701 Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0);
1702 Value *Op1NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op1);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001703
Chris Lattner023a4832004-06-18 06:07:51 +00001704 if (Op0NotVal == Op1 || Op1NotVal == Op0) // A & ~A == ~A & A == 0
1705 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1706
Misha Brukman9c003d82004-07-30 12:50:08 +00001707 // (~A & ~B) == (~(A | B)) - De Morgan's Law
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +00001708 if (Op0NotVal && Op1NotVal && isOnlyUse(Op0) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001709 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0NotVal, Op1NotVal,
1710 I.getName()+".demorgan");
Chris Lattner49b47ae2003-07-23 17:57:01 +00001711 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, I);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001712 return BinaryOperator::createNot(Or);
1713 }
1714
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +00001715 if (SetCondInst *RHS = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(Op1)) {
1716 // (setcc1 A, B) & (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001717 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldSetCCLogical(*this, RHS)))
1718 return R;
1719
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +00001720 Value *LHSVal, *RHSVal;
1721 ConstantInt *LHSCst, *RHSCst;
1722 Instruction::BinaryOps LHSCC, RHSCC;
1723 if (match(Op0, m_SetCond(LHSCC, m_Value(LHSVal), m_ConstantInt(LHSCst))))
1724 if (match(RHS, m_SetCond(RHSCC, m_Value(RHSVal), m_ConstantInt(RHSCst))))
1725 if (LHSVal == RHSVal && // Found (X setcc C1) & (X setcc C2)
1726 // Set[GL]E X, CST is folded to Set[GL]T elsewhere.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001727 LHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && LHSCC != Instruction::SetLE &&
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +00001728 RHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && RHSCC != Instruction::SetLE) {
1729 // Ensure that the larger constant is on the RHS.
1730 Constant *Cmp = ConstantExpr::getSetGT(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1731 SetCondInst *LHS = cast<SetCondInst>(Op0);
1732 if (cast<ConstantBool>(Cmp)->getValue()) {
1733 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
1734 std::swap(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1735 std::swap(LHSCC, RHSCC);
1736 }
1737
1738 // At this point, we know we have have two setcc instructions
1739 // comparing a value against two constants and and'ing the result
1740 // together. Because of the above check, we know that we only have
1741 // SetEQ, SetNE, SetLT, and SetGT here. We also know (from the
1742 // FoldSetCCLogical check above), that the two constants are not
1743 // equal.
1744 assert(LHSCst != RHSCst && "Compares not folded above?");
1745
1746 switch (LHSCC) {
1747 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1748 case Instruction::SetEQ:
1749 switch (RHSCC) {
1750 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1751 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X == 13 & X == 15) -> false
1752 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X == 13 & X > 15) -> false
1753 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
1754 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X == 13 & X != 15) -> X == 13
1755 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X == 13 & X < 15) -> X == 13
1756 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1757 }
1758 case Instruction::SetNE:
1759 switch (RHSCC) {
1760 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1761 case Instruction::SetLT:
1762 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) // (X != 13 & X < 14) -> X < 13
1763 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, LHSVal, LHSCst);
1764 break; // (X != 13 & X < 15) -> no change
1765 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X != 13 & X == 15) -> X == 15
1766 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X != 13 & X > 15) -> X > 15
1767 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1768 case Instruction::SetNE:
1769 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) {// (X != 13 & X != 14) -> X-13 >u 1
1770 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(LHSCst);
1771 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(LHSVal, AddCST,
1772 LHSVal->getName()+".off");
1773 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, I);
1774 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1775 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, I);
1776 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getSub(RHSCst, LHSCst);
1777 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1778 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1779 }
1780 break; // (X != 13 & X != 15) -> no change
1781 }
1782 break;
1783 case Instruction::SetLT:
1784 switch (RHSCC) {
1785 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1786 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X < 13 & X == 15) -> false
1787 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X < 13 & X > 15) -> false
1788 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
1789 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X < 13 & X != 15) -> X < 13
1790 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X < 13 & X < 15) -> X < 13
1791 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1792 }
1793 case Instruction::SetGT:
1794 switch (RHSCC) {
1795 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1796 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X > 13 & X == 15) -> X > 13
1797 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1798 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X > 13 & X > 15) -> X > 15
1799 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1800 case Instruction::SetNE:
1801 if (RHSCst == AddOne(LHSCst)) // (X > 13 & X != 14) -> X > 14
1802 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, LHSVal, RHSCst);
1803 break; // (X > 13 & X != 15) -> no change
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001804 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X > 13 & X < 15) -> (X-14) <u 1
1805 return InsertRangeTest(LHSVal, AddOne(LHSCst), RHSCst, true, I);
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +00001806 }
1807 }
1808 }
1809 }
1810
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001811 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001812}
1813
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001814Instruction *InstCombiner::visitOr(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00001815 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001816 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001817
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001818 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
1819 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // X | undef -> -1
1820 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
1821
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001822 // or X, X = X or X, 0 == X
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001823 if (Op0 == Op1 || Op1 == Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()))
1824 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001825
1826 // or X, -1 == -1
Chris Lattner8f0d1562003-07-23 18:29:44 +00001827 if (ConstantIntegral *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001828 // If X is known to only contain bits that already exist in RHS, just
1829 // replace this instruction with RHS directly.
1830 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0,
1831 cast<ConstantIntegral>(ConstantExpr::getNot(RHS))))
1832 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001833
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001834 ConstantInt *C1; Value *X;
1835 // (X & C1) | C2 --> (X | C2) & (C1|C2)
1836 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1))) && isOnlyUse(Op0)) {
1837 std::string Op0Name = Op0->getName(); Op0->setName("");
1838 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(X, RHS, Op0Name);
1839 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, I);
1840 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Or, ConstantExpr::getOr(RHS, C1));
1841 }
Chris Lattner8f0d1562003-07-23 18:29:44 +00001842
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001843 // (X ^ C1) | C2 --> (X | C2) ^ (C1&~C2)
1844 if (match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1))) && isOnlyUse(Op0)) {
1845 std::string Op0Name = Op0->getName(); Op0->setName("");
1846 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(X, RHS, Op0Name);
1847 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, I);
1848 return BinaryOperator::createXor(Or,
1849 ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, ConstantExpr::getNot(RHS)));
Chris Lattner8f0d1562003-07-23 18:29:44 +00001850 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001851
1852 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
1853 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001854 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001855 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00001856 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1857 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1858 return NV;
Chris Lattner8f0d1562003-07-23 18:29:44 +00001859 }
1860
Chris Lattner812aab72003-08-12 19:11:07 +00001861 // (A & C1)|(A & C2) == A & (C1|C2)
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001862 Value *A, *B; ConstantInt *C1, *C2;
1863 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
1864 match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(B), m_ConstantInt(C2))) && A == B)
1865 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(A, ConstantExpr::getOr(C1, C2));
Chris Lattner812aab72003-08-12 19:11:07 +00001866
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001867 if (match(Op0, m_Not(m_Value(A)))) { // ~A | Op1
1868 if (A == Op1) // ~A | A == -1
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001869 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001870 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
1871 } else {
1872 A = 0;
1873 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001874
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001875 if (match(Op1, m_Not(m_Value(B)))) { // Op0 | ~B
1876 if (Op0 == B)
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001877 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001878 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattner3e327a42003-03-10 23:13:59 +00001879
Misha Brukman9c003d82004-07-30 12:50:08 +00001880 // (~A | ~B) == (~(A & B)) - De Morgan's Law
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001881 if (A && isOnlyUse(Op0) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
1882 Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(A, B,
1883 I.getName()+".demorgan"), I);
1884 return BinaryOperator::createNot(And);
1885 }
Chris Lattner3e327a42003-03-10 23:13:59 +00001886 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001887
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001888 // (setcc1 A, B) | (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00001889 if (SetCondInst *RHS = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(I.getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001890 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldSetCCLogical(*this, RHS)))
1891 return R;
1892
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00001893 Value *LHSVal, *RHSVal;
1894 ConstantInt *LHSCst, *RHSCst;
1895 Instruction::BinaryOps LHSCC, RHSCC;
1896 if (match(Op0, m_SetCond(LHSCC, m_Value(LHSVal), m_ConstantInt(LHSCst))))
1897 if (match(RHS, m_SetCond(RHSCC, m_Value(RHSVal), m_ConstantInt(RHSCst))))
1898 if (LHSVal == RHSVal && // Found (X setcc C1) | (X setcc C2)
1899 // Set[GL]E X, CST is folded to Set[GL]T elsewhere.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001900 LHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && LHSCC != Instruction::SetLE &&
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00001901 RHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && RHSCC != Instruction::SetLE) {
1902 // Ensure that the larger constant is on the RHS.
1903 Constant *Cmp = ConstantExpr::getSetGT(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1904 SetCondInst *LHS = cast<SetCondInst>(Op0);
1905 if (cast<ConstantBool>(Cmp)->getValue()) {
1906 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
1907 std::swap(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1908 std::swap(LHSCC, RHSCC);
1909 }
1910
1911 // At this point, we know we have have two setcc instructions
1912 // comparing a value against two constants and or'ing the result
1913 // together. Because of the above check, we know that we only have
1914 // SetEQ, SetNE, SetLT, and SetGT here. We also know (from the
1915 // FoldSetCCLogical check above), that the two constants are not
1916 // equal.
1917 assert(LHSCst != RHSCst && "Compares not folded above?");
1918
1919 switch (LHSCC) {
1920 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1921 case Instruction::SetEQ:
1922 switch (RHSCC) {
1923 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1924 case Instruction::SetEQ:
1925 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) {// (X == 13 | X == 14) -> X-13 <u 2
1926 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(LHSCst);
1927 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(LHSVal, AddCST,
1928 LHSVal->getName()+".off");
1929 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, I);
1930 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1931 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, I);
1932 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getSub(AddOne(RHSCst), LHSCst);
1933 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1934 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1935 }
1936 break; // (X == 13 | X == 15) -> no change
1937
Chris Lattner5c219462005-04-19 06:04:18 +00001938 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X == 13 | X > 14) -> no change
1939 break;
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00001940 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X == 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
1941 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X == 13 | X < 15) -> X < 15
1942 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1943 }
1944 break;
1945 case Instruction::SetNE:
1946 switch (RHSCC) {
1947 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1948 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X != 13 | X < 15) -> X < 15
1949 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1950 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X != 13 | X == 15) -> X != 13
1951 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X != 13 | X > 15) -> X != 13
1952 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1953 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X != 13 | X != 15) -> true
1954 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
1955 }
1956 break;
1957 case Instruction::SetLT:
1958 switch (RHSCC) {
1959 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1960 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X < 13 | X == 14) -> no change
1961 break;
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001962 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X < 13 | X > 15) -> (X-13) > 2
1963 return InsertRangeTest(LHSVal, LHSCst, AddOne(RHSCst), false, I);
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00001964 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X < 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
1965 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X < 13 | X < 15) -> X < 15
1966 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1967 }
1968 break;
1969 case Instruction::SetGT:
1970 switch (RHSCC) {
1971 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1972 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X > 13 | X == 15) -> X > 13
1973 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X > 13 | X > 15) -> X > 13
1974 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1975 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X > 13 | X != 15) -> true
1976 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X > 13 | X < 15) -> true
1977 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
1978 }
1979 }
1980 }
1981 }
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001982 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001983}
1984
Chris Lattnerc2076352004-02-16 01:20:27 +00001985// XorSelf - Implements: X ^ X --> 0
1986struct XorSelf {
1987 Value *RHS;
1988 XorSelf(Value *rhs) : RHS(rhs) {}
1989 bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const { return LHS == RHS; }
1990 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Xor) const {
1991 return &Xor;
1992 }
1993};
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001994
1995
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001996Instruction *InstCombiner::visitXor(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00001997 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001998 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001999
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00002000 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
2001 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X ^ undef -> undef
2002
Chris Lattnerc2076352004-02-16 01:20:27 +00002003 // xor X, X = 0, even if X is nested in a sequence of Xor's.
2004 if (Instruction *Result = AssociativeOpt(I, XorSelf(Op1))) {
2005 assert(Result == &I && "AssociativeOpt didn't work?");
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00002006 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnerc2076352004-02-16 01:20:27 +00002007 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002008
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002009 if (ConstantIntegral *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002010 // xor X, 0 == X
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002011 if (RHS->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00002012 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002013
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002014 if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
Chris Lattnerb8d6e402002-08-20 18:24:26 +00002015 // xor (setcc A, B), true = not (setcc A, B) = setncc A, B
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002016 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(Op0I))
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00002017 if (RHS == ConstantBool::True && SCI->hasOneUse())
Chris Lattnerb8d6e402002-08-20 18:24:26 +00002018 return new SetCondInst(SCI->getInverseCondition(),
2019 SCI->getOperand(0), SCI->getOperand(1));
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00002020
Chris Lattner8f2f5982003-11-05 01:06:05 +00002021 // ~(c-X) == X-c-1 == X+(-c-1)
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002022 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub && RHS->isAllOnesValue())
2023 if (Constant *Op0I0C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op0I->getOperand(0))) {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002024 Constant *NegOp0I0C = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Op0I0C);
2025 Constant *ConstantRHS = ConstantExpr::getSub(NegOp0I0C,
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002026 ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1));
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002027 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op0I->getOperand(1), ConstantRHS);
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002028 }
Chris Lattner023a4832004-06-18 06:07:51 +00002029
2030 // ~(~X & Y) --> (X | ~Y)
2031 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And && RHS->isAllOnesValue()) {
2032 if (dyn_castNotVal(Op0I->getOperand(1))) Op0I->swapOperands();
2033 if (Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0I->getOperand(0))) {
2034 Instruction *NotY =
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002035 BinaryOperator::createNot(Op0I->getOperand(1),
Chris Lattner023a4832004-06-18 06:07:51 +00002036 Op0I->getOperand(1)->getName()+".not");
2037 InsertNewInstBefore(NotY, I);
2038 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0NotVal, NotY);
2039 }
2040 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002041
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002042 if (ConstantInt *Op0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00002043 switch (Op0I->getOpcode()) {
2044 case Instruction::Add:
Chris Lattner0f68fa62003-11-04 23:37:10 +00002045 // ~(X-c) --> (-c-1)-X
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002046 if (RHS->isAllOnesValue()) {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002047 Constant *NegOp0CI = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Op0CI);
2048 return BinaryOperator::createSub(
2049 ConstantExpr::getSub(NegOp0CI,
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002050 ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1)),
Chris Lattner0f68fa62003-11-04 23:37:10 +00002051 Op0I->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002052 }
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00002053 break;
2054 case Instruction::And:
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002055 // (X & C1) ^ C2 --> (X & C1) | C2 iff (C1&C2) == 0
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002056 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(RHS, Op0CI)->isNullValue())
2057 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0, RHS);
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00002058 break;
2059 case Instruction::Or:
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002060 // (X | C1) ^ C2 --> (X | C1) & ~C2 iff (C1&C2) == C2
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002061 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(RHS, Op0CI) == RHS)
Chris Lattnerc8e7e292004-06-10 02:12:35 +00002062 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0, ConstantExpr::getNot(RHS));
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00002063 break;
2064 default: break;
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002065 }
Chris Lattnerb8d6e402002-08-20 18:24:26 +00002066 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00002067
2068 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
2069 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00002070 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00002071 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00002072 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
2073 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
2074 return NV;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002075 }
2076
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +00002077 if (Value *X = dyn_castNotVal(Op0)) // ~A ^ A == -1
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00002078 if (X == Op1)
2079 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
2080 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
2081
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +00002082 if (Value *X = dyn_castNotVal(Op1)) // A ^ ~A == -1
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00002083 if (X == Op0)
2084 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
2085 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
2086
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002087 if (Instruction *Op1I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op1))
Chris Lattnerb36d9082004-02-16 03:54:20 +00002088 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002089 if (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0) { // B^(B|A) == (A|B)^B
2090 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1I)->swapOperands();
2091 I.swapOperands();
2092 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
2093 } else if (Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0) { // B^(A|B) == (A|B)^B
2094 I.swapOperands();
2095 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002096 }
Chris Lattnerb36d9082004-02-16 03:54:20 +00002097 } else if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor) {
2098 if (Op0 == Op1I->getOperand(0)) // A^(A^B) == B
2099 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1I->getOperand(1));
2100 else if (Op0 == Op1I->getOperand(1)) // A^(B^A) == B
2101 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1I->getOperand(0));
2102 }
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002103
2104 if (Instruction *Op0I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00002105 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or && Op0I->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002106 if (Op0I->getOperand(0) == Op1) // (B|A)^B == (A|B)^B
2107 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0I)->swapOperands();
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00002108 if (Op0I->getOperand(1) == Op1) { // (A|B)^B == A & ~B
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +00002109 Value *NotB = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(Op1,
2110 Op1->getName()+".not"), I);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002111 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0I->getOperand(0), NotB);
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002112 }
Chris Lattnerb36d9082004-02-16 03:54:20 +00002113 } else if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor) {
2114 if (Op1 == Op0I->getOperand(0)) // (A^B)^A == B
2115 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(1));
2116 else if (Op1 == Op0I->getOperand(1)) // (B^A)^A == B
2117 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002118 }
2119
Chris Lattner7aa2d472004-08-01 19:42:59 +00002120 // (A & C1)^(B & C2) -> (A & C1)|(B & C2) iff C1&C2 == 0
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002121 Value *A, *B; ConstantInt *C1, *C2;
2122 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
2123 match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(B), m_ConstantInt(C2))) &&
Chris Lattner7aa2d472004-08-01 19:42:59 +00002124 ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, C2)->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002125 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +00002126
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00002127 // (setcc1 A, B) ^ (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
2128 if (SetCondInst *RHS = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(I.getOperand(1)))
2129 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldSetCCLogical(*this, RHS)))
2130 return R;
2131
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002132 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002133}
2134
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002135/// MulWithOverflow - Compute Result = In1*In2, returning true if the result
2136/// overflowed for this type.
2137static bool MulWithOverflow(ConstantInt *&Result, ConstantInt *In1,
2138 ConstantInt *In2) {
2139 Result = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getMul(In1, In2));
2140 return !In2->isNullValue() && ConstantExpr::getDiv(Result, In2) != In1;
2141}
2142
2143static bool isPositive(ConstantInt *C) {
2144 return cast<ConstantSInt>(C)->getValue() >= 0;
2145}
2146
2147/// AddWithOverflow - Compute Result = In1+In2, returning true if the result
2148/// overflowed for this type.
2149static bool AddWithOverflow(ConstantInt *&Result, ConstantInt *In1,
2150 ConstantInt *In2) {
2151 Result = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getAdd(In1, In2));
2152
2153 if (In1->getType()->isUnsigned())
2154 return cast<ConstantUInt>(Result)->getValue() <
2155 cast<ConstantUInt>(In1)->getValue();
2156 if (isPositive(In1) != isPositive(In2))
2157 return false;
2158 if (isPositive(In1))
2159 return cast<ConstantSInt>(Result)->getValue() <
2160 cast<ConstantSInt>(In1)->getValue();
2161 return cast<ConstantSInt>(Result)->getValue() >
2162 cast<ConstantSInt>(In1)->getValue();
2163}
2164
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002165/// EmitGEPOffset - Given a getelementptr instruction/constantexpr, emit the
2166/// code necessary to compute the offset from the base pointer (without adding
2167/// in the base pointer). Return the result as a signed integer of intptr size.
2168static Value *EmitGEPOffset(User *GEP, Instruction &I, InstCombiner &IC) {
2169 TargetData &TD = IC.getTargetData();
2170 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
2171 const Type *UIntPtrTy = TD.getIntPtrType();
2172 const Type *SIntPtrTy = UIntPtrTy->getSignedVersion();
2173 Value *Result = Constant::getNullValue(SIntPtrTy);
2174
2175 // Build a mask for high order bits.
2176 uint64_t PtrSizeMask = ~0ULL;
2177 PtrSizeMask >>= 64-(TD.getPointerSize()*8);
2178
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002179 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI) {
2180 Value *Op = GEP->getOperand(i);
Chris Lattnerd35d2102005-01-13 23:26:48 +00002181 uint64_t Size = TD.getTypeSize(GTI.getIndexedType()) & PtrSizeMask;
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002182 Constant *Scale = ConstantExpr::getCast(ConstantUInt::get(UIntPtrTy, Size),
2183 SIntPtrTy);
2184 if (Constant *OpC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
2185 if (!OpC->isNullValue()) {
Chris Lattner4cb9fa32005-01-13 20:40:58 +00002186 OpC = ConstantExpr::getCast(OpC, SIntPtrTy);
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002187 Scale = ConstantExpr::getMul(OpC, Scale);
2188 if (Constant *RC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Result))
2189 Result = ConstantExpr::getAdd(RC, Scale);
2190 else {
2191 // Emit an add instruction.
2192 Result = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(
2193 BinaryOperator::createAdd(Result, Scale,
2194 GEP->getName()+".offs"), I);
2195 }
2196 }
2197 } else {
Chris Lattner7aa41cf2005-01-14 17:17:59 +00002198 // Convert to correct type.
2199 Op = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(Op, SIntPtrTy,
2200 Op->getName()+".c"), I);
2201 if (Size != 1)
Chris Lattner4cb9fa32005-01-13 20:40:58 +00002202 // We'll let instcombine(mul) convert this to a shl if possible.
2203 Op = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createMul(Op, Scale,
2204 GEP->getName()+".idx"), I);
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002205
2206 // Emit an add instruction.
Chris Lattner4cb9fa32005-01-13 20:40:58 +00002207 Result = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op, Result,
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002208 GEP->getName()+".offs"), I);
2209 }
2210 }
2211 return Result;
2212}
2213
2214/// FoldGEPSetCC - Fold comparisons between a GEP instruction and something
2215/// else. At this point we know that the GEP is on the LHS of the comparison.
2216Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldGEPSetCC(User *GEPLHS, Value *RHS,
2217 Instruction::BinaryOps Cond,
2218 Instruction &I) {
2219 assert(dyn_castGetElementPtr(GEPLHS) && "LHS is not a getelementptr!");
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002220
2221 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(RHS))
2222 if (isa<PointerType>(CI->getOperand(0)->getType()))
2223 RHS = CI->getOperand(0);
2224
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002225 Value *PtrBase = GEPLHS->getOperand(0);
2226 if (PtrBase == RHS) {
2227 // As an optimization, we don't actually have to compute the actual value of
2228 // OFFSET if this is a seteq or setne comparison, just return whether each
2229 // index is zero or not.
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002230 if (Cond == Instruction::SetEQ || Cond == Instruction::SetNE) {
2231 Instruction *InVal = 0;
Chris Lattnercd517ff2005-01-28 19:32:01 +00002232 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEPLHS);
2233 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPLHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI) {
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002234 bool EmitIt = true;
2235 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(GEPLHS->getOperand(i))) {
2236 if (isa<UndefValue>(C)) // undef index -> undef.
2237 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, UndefValue::get(I.getType()));
2238 if (C->isNullValue())
2239 EmitIt = false;
Chris Lattnercd517ff2005-01-28 19:32:01 +00002240 else if (TD->getTypeSize(GTI.getIndexedType()) == 0) {
2241 EmitIt = false; // This is indexing into a zero sized array?
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002242 } else if (isa<ConstantInt>(C))
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002243 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // No comparison is needed here.
2244 ConstantBool::get(Cond == Instruction::SetNE));
2245 }
2246
2247 if (EmitIt) {
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002248 Instruction *Comp =
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002249 new SetCondInst(Cond, GEPLHS->getOperand(i),
2250 Constant::getNullValue(GEPLHS->getOperand(i)->getType()));
2251 if (InVal == 0)
2252 InVal = Comp;
2253 else {
2254 InVal = InsertNewInstBefore(InVal, I);
2255 InsertNewInstBefore(Comp, I);
2256 if (Cond == Instruction::SetNE) // True if any are unequal
2257 InVal = BinaryOperator::createOr(InVal, Comp);
2258 else // True if all are equal
2259 InVal = BinaryOperator::createAnd(InVal, Comp);
2260 }
2261 }
2262 }
2263
2264 if (InVal)
2265 return InVal;
2266 else
2267 ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // No comparison is needed here, all indexes = 0
2268 ConstantBool::get(Cond == Instruction::SetEQ));
2269 }
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002270
2271 // Only lower this if the setcc is the only user of the GEP or if we expect
2272 // the result to fold to a constant!
2273 if (isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPLHS) || GEPLHS->hasOneUse()) {
2274 // ((gep Ptr, OFFSET) cmp Ptr) ---> (OFFSET cmp 0).
2275 Value *Offset = EmitGEPOffset(GEPLHS, I, *this);
2276 return new SetCondInst(Cond, Offset,
2277 Constant::getNullValue(Offset->getType()));
2278 }
2279 } else if (User *GEPRHS = dyn_castGetElementPtr(RHS)) {
2280 if (PtrBase != GEPRHS->getOperand(0))
2281 return 0;
2282
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002283 // If one of the GEPs has all zero indices, recurse.
2284 bool AllZeros = true;
2285 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPLHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2286 if (!isa<Constant>(GEPLHS->getOperand(i)) ||
2287 !cast<Constant>(GEPLHS->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
2288 AllZeros = false;
2289 break;
2290 }
2291 if (AllZeros)
2292 return FoldGEPSetCC(GEPRHS, GEPLHS->getOperand(0),
2293 SetCondInst::getSwappedCondition(Cond), I);
Chris Lattner4fa89822005-01-14 00:20:05 +00002294
2295 // If the other GEP has all zero indices, recurse.
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002296 AllZeros = true;
2297 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPRHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2298 if (!isa<Constant>(GEPRHS->getOperand(i)) ||
2299 !cast<Constant>(GEPRHS->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
2300 AllZeros = false;
2301 break;
2302 }
2303 if (AllZeros)
2304 return FoldGEPSetCC(GEPLHS, GEPRHS->getOperand(0), Cond, I);
2305
Chris Lattner4fa89822005-01-14 00:20:05 +00002306 if (GEPLHS->getNumOperands() == GEPRHS->getNumOperands()) {
2307 // If the GEPs only differ by one index, compare it.
2308 unsigned NumDifferences = 0; // Keep track of # differences.
2309 unsigned DiffOperand = 0; // The operand that differs.
2310 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPRHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2311 if (GEPLHS->getOperand(i) != GEPRHS->getOperand(i)) {
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002312 if (GEPLHS->getOperand(i)->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() !=
2313 GEPRHS->getOperand(i)->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) {
Chris Lattnerfc4429e2005-01-21 23:06:49 +00002314 // Irreconcilable differences.
Chris Lattner4fa89822005-01-14 00:20:05 +00002315 NumDifferences = 2;
2316 break;
2317 } else {
2318 if (NumDifferences++) break;
2319 DiffOperand = i;
2320 }
2321 }
2322
2323 if (NumDifferences == 0) // SAME GEP?
2324 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // No comparison is needed here.
2325 ConstantBool::get(Cond == Instruction::SetEQ));
2326 else if (NumDifferences == 1) {
Chris Lattnerfc4429e2005-01-21 23:06:49 +00002327 Value *LHSV = GEPLHS->getOperand(DiffOperand);
2328 Value *RHSV = GEPRHS->getOperand(DiffOperand);
2329 if (LHSV->getType() != RHSV->getType())
2330 LHSV = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(LHSV, RHSV->getType(),
2331 LHSV->getName()+".c"), I);
2332 return new SetCondInst(Cond, LHSV, RHSV);
Chris Lattner4fa89822005-01-14 00:20:05 +00002333 }
2334 }
2335
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002336 // Only lower this if the setcc is the only user of the GEP or if we expect
2337 // the result to fold to a constant!
2338 if ((isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPLHS) || GEPLHS->hasOneUse()) &&
2339 (isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPRHS) || GEPRHS->hasOneUse())) {
2340 // ((gep Ptr, OFFSET1) cmp (gep Ptr, OFFSET2) ---> (OFFSET1 cmp OFFSET2)
2341 Value *L = EmitGEPOffset(GEPLHS, I, *this);
2342 Value *R = EmitGEPOffset(GEPRHS, I, *this);
2343 return new SetCondInst(Cond, L, R);
2344 }
2345 }
2346 return 0;
2347}
2348
2349
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002350Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSetCondInst(SetCondInst &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00002351 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002352 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
2353 const Type *Ty = Op0->getType();
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002354
2355 // setcc X, X
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002356 if (Op0 == Op1)
2357 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(isTrueWhenEqual(I)));
Chris Lattner1fc23f32002-05-09 20:11:54 +00002358
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00002359 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) // X setcc undef -> undef
2360 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, UndefValue::get(Type::BoolTy));
2361
Chris Lattner15ff1e12004-11-14 07:33:16 +00002362 // setcc <global/alloca*/null>, <global/alloca*/null> - Global/Stack value
2363 // addresses never equal each other! We already know that Op0 != Op1.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002364 if ((isa<GlobalValue>(Op0) || isa<AllocaInst>(Op0) ||
2365 isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op0)) &&
2366 (isa<GlobalValue>(Op1) || isa<AllocaInst>(Op1) ||
Chris Lattner15ff1e12004-11-14 07:33:16 +00002367 isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op1)))
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002368 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(!isTrueWhenEqual(I)));
2369
2370 // setcc's with boolean values can always be turned into bitwise operations
2371 if (Ty == Type::BoolTy) {
Chris Lattner4456da62004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002372 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2373 default: assert(0 && "Invalid setcc instruction!");
2374 case Instruction::SetEQ: { // seteq bool %A, %B -> ~(A^B)
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002375 Instruction *Xor = BinaryOperator::createXor(Op0, Op1, I.getName()+"tmp");
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002376 InsertNewInstBefore(Xor, I);
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002377 return BinaryOperator::createNot(Xor);
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002378 }
Chris Lattner4456da62004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002379 case Instruction::SetNE:
2380 return BinaryOperator::createXor(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002381
Chris Lattner4456da62004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002382 case Instruction::SetGT:
2383 std::swap(Op0, Op1); // Change setgt -> setlt
2384 // FALL THROUGH
2385 case Instruction::SetLT: { // setlt bool A, B -> ~X & Y
2386 Instruction *Not = BinaryOperator::createNot(Op0, I.getName()+"tmp");
2387 InsertNewInstBefore(Not, I);
2388 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Not, Op1);
2389 }
2390 case Instruction::SetGE:
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002391 std::swap(Op0, Op1); // Change setge -> setle
Chris Lattner4456da62004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002392 // FALL THROUGH
2393 case Instruction::SetLE: { // setle bool %A, %B -> ~A | B
2394 Instruction *Not = BinaryOperator::createNot(Op0, I.getName()+"tmp");
2395 InsertNewInstBefore(Not, I);
2396 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Not, Op1);
2397 }
2398 }
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002399 }
2400
Chris Lattner2dd01742004-06-09 04:24:29 +00002401 // See if we are doing a comparison between a constant and an instruction that
2402 // can be folded into the comparison.
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002403 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002404 // Check to see if we are comparing against the minimum or maximum value...
2405 if (CI->isMinValue()) {
2406 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT) // A < MIN -> FALSE
2407 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2408 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE) // A >= MIN -> TRUE
2409 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2410 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE) // A <= MIN -> A == MIN
2411 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, Op1);
2412 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT) // A > MIN -> A != MIN
2413 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, Op1);
2414
2415 } else if (CI->isMaxValue()) {
2416 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT) // A > MAX -> FALSE
2417 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2418 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE) // A <= MAX -> TRUE
2419 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2420 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE) // A >= MAX -> A == MAX
2421 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, Op1);
2422 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT) // A < MAX -> A != MAX
2423 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, Op1);
2424
2425 // Comparing against a value really close to min or max?
2426 } else if (isMinValuePlusOne(CI)) {
2427 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT) // A < MIN+1 -> A == MIN
2428 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, SubOne(CI));
2429 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE) // A >= MIN-1 -> A != MIN
2430 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, SubOne(CI));
2431
2432 } else if (isMaxValueMinusOne(CI)) {
2433 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT) // A > MAX-1 -> A == MAX
2434 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, AddOne(CI));
2435 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE) // A <= MAX-1 -> A != MAX
2436 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, AddOne(CI));
2437 }
2438
2439 // If we still have a setle or setge instruction, turn it into the
2440 // appropriate setlt or setgt instruction. Since the border cases have
2441 // already been handled above, this requires little checking.
2442 //
2443 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE)
2444 return BinaryOperator::createSetLT(Op0, AddOne(CI));
2445 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE)
2446 return BinaryOperator::createSetGT(Op0, SubOne(CI));
2447
Chris Lattnere1e10e12004-05-25 06:32:08 +00002448 if (Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002449 switch (LHSI->getOpcode()) {
2450 case Instruction::And:
2451 if (LHSI->hasOneUse() && isa<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1)) &&
2452 LHSI->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse()) {
2453 // If this is: (X >> C1) & C2 != C3 (where any shift and any compare
2454 // could exist), turn it into (X & (C2 << C1)) != (C3 << C1). This
2455 // happens a LOT in code produced by the C front-end, for bitfield
2456 // access.
2457 ShiftInst *Shift = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(LHSI->getOperand(0));
2458 ConstantUInt *ShAmt;
2459 ShAmt = Shift ? dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Shift->getOperand(1)) : 0;
2460 ConstantInt *AndCST = cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1));
2461 const Type *Ty = LHSI->getType();
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002462
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002463 // We can fold this as long as we can't shift unknown bits
2464 // into the mask. This can only happen with signed shift
2465 // rights, as they sign-extend.
2466 if (ShAmt) {
2467 bool CanFold = Shift->getOpcode() != Instruction::Shr ||
Chris Lattner6afc02f2004-09-28 17:54:07 +00002468 Shift->getType()->isUnsigned();
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002469 if (!CanFold) {
2470 // To test for the bad case of the signed shr, see if any
2471 // of the bits shifted in could be tested after the mask.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002472 Constant *OShAmt = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy,
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002473 Ty->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-ShAmt->getValue());
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002474 Constant *ShVal =
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002475 ConstantExpr::getShl(ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(Ty), OShAmt);
2476 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(ShVal, AndCST)->isNullValue())
2477 CanFold = true;
2478 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002479
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002480 if (CanFold) {
Chris Lattner6afc02f2004-09-28 17:54:07 +00002481 Constant *NewCst;
2482 if (Shift->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
2483 NewCst = ConstantExpr::getUShr(CI, ShAmt);
2484 else
2485 NewCst = ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShAmt);
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002486
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002487 // Check to see if we are shifting out any of the bits being
2488 // compared.
2489 if (ConstantExpr::get(Shift->getOpcode(), NewCst, ShAmt) != CI){
2490 // If we shifted bits out, the fold is not going to work out.
2491 // As a special case, check to see if this means that the
2492 // result is always true or false now.
2493 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ)
2494 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2495 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)
2496 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2497 } else {
2498 I.setOperand(1, NewCst);
Chris Lattner6afc02f2004-09-28 17:54:07 +00002499 Constant *NewAndCST;
2500 if (Shift->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
2501 NewAndCST = ConstantExpr::getUShr(AndCST, ShAmt);
2502 else
2503 NewAndCST = ConstantExpr::getShl(AndCST, ShAmt);
2504 LHSI->setOperand(1, NewAndCST);
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002505 LHSI->setOperand(0, Shift->getOperand(0));
2506 WorkList.push_back(Shift); // Shift is dead.
2507 AddUsesToWorkList(I);
2508 return &I;
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00002509 }
2510 }
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002511 }
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002512 }
2513 break;
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002514
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002515 case Instruction::Shl: // (setcc (shl X, ShAmt), CI)
2516 if (ConstantUInt *ShAmt = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
2517 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2518 default: break;
2519 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2520 case Instruction::SetNE: {
2521 // If we are comparing against bits always shifted out, the
2522 // comparison cannot succeed.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002523 Constant *Comp =
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002524 ConstantExpr::getShl(ConstantExpr::getShr(CI, ShAmt), ShAmt);
2525 if (Comp != CI) {// Comparing against a bit that we know is zero.
2526 bool IsSetNE = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
2527 Constant *Cst = ConstantBool::get(IsSetNE);
2528 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Cst);
2529 }
2530
2531 if (LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
2532 // Otherwise strength reduce the shift into an and.
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00002533 unsigned ShAmtVal = (unsigned)ShAmt->getValue();
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002534 unsigned TypeBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002535 uint64_t Val = (1ULL << (TypeBits-ShAmtVal))-1;
2536
2537 Constant *Mask;
2538 if (CI->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
2539 Mask = ConstantUInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2540 } else if (ShAmtVal != 0) {
2541 Mask = ConstantSInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2542 } else {
2543 Mask = ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(CI->getType());
2544 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002545
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002546 Instruction *AndI =
2547 BinaryOperator::createAnd(LHSI->getOperand(0),
2548 Mask, LHSI->getName()+".mask");
2549 Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(AndI, I);
2550 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), And,
2551 ConstantExpr::getUShr(CI, ShAmt));
2552 }
2553 }
2554 }
2555 }
2556 break;
2557
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002558 case Instruction::Shr: // (setcc (shr X, ShAmt), CI)
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002559 if (ConstantUInt *ShAmt = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002560 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2561 default: break;
2562 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2563 case Instruction::SetNE: {
2564 // If we are comparing against bits always shifted out, the
2565 // comparison cannot succeed.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002566 Constant *Comp =
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002567 ConstantExpr::getShr(ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShAmt), ShAmt);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002568
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002569 if (Comp != CI) {// Comparing against a bit that we know is zero.
2570 bool IsSetNE = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
2571 Constant *Cst = ConstantBool::get(IsSetNE);
2572 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Cst);
2573 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002574
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002575 if (LHSI->hasOneUse() || CI->isNullValue()) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00002576 unsigned ShAmtVal = (unsigned)ShAmt->getValue();
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002577
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002578 // Otherwise strength reduce the shift into an and.
2579 uint64_t Val = ~0ULL; // All ones.
2580 Val <<= ShAmtVal; // Shift over to the right spot.
2581
2582 Constant *Mask;
2583 if (CI->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002584 unsigned TypeBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattnercfe2822c2005-03-04 23:21:33 +00002585 if (TypeBits != 64)
2586 Val &= (1ULL << TypeBits)-1;
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002587 Mask = ConstantUInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2588 } else {
2589 Mask = ConstantSInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2590 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002591
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002592 Instruction *AndI =
2593 BinaryOperator::createAnd(LHSI->getOperand(0),
2594 Mask, LHSI->getName()+".mask");
2595 Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(AndI, I);
2596 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), And,
2597 ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShAmt));
2598 }
2599 break;
2600 }
2601 }
2602 }
2603 break;
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00002604
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002605 case Instruction::Div:
2606 // Fold: (div X, C1) op C2 -> range check
2607 if (ConstantInt *DivRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
2608 // Fold this div into the comparison, producing a range check.
2609 // Determine, based on the divide type, what the range is being
2610 // checked. If there is an overflow on the low or high side, remember
2611 // it, otherwise compute the range [low, hi) bounding the new value.
2612 bool LoOverflow = false, HiOverflow = 0;
2613 ConstantInt *LoBound = 0, *HiBound = 0;
2614
2615 ConstantInt *Prod;
2616 bool ProdOV = MulWithOverflow(Prod, CI, DivRHS);
2617
Chris Lattnera92af962004-10-11 19:40:04 +00002618 Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode = I.getOpcode();
2619
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002620 if (DivRHS->isNullValue()) { // Don't hack on divide by zeros.
2621 } else if (LHSI->getType()->isUnsigned()) { // udiv
2622 LoBound = Prod;
2623 LoOverflow = ProdOV;
2624 HiOverflow = ProdOV || AddWithOverflow(HiBound, LoBound, DivRHS);
2625 } else if (isPositive(DivRHS)) { // Divisor is > 0.
2626 if (CI->isNullValue()) { // (X / pos) op 0
2627 // Can't overflow.
2628 LoBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(SubOne(DivRHS)));
2629 HiBound = DivRHS;
2630 } else if (isPositive(CI)) { // (X / pos) op pos
2631 LoBound = Prod;
2632 LoOverflow = ProdOV;
2633 HiOverflow = ProdOV || AddWithOverflow(HiBound, Prod, DivRHS);
2634 } else { // (X / pos) op neg
2635 Constant *DivRHSH = ConstantExpr::getNeg(SubOne(DivRHS));
2636 LoOverflow = AddWithOverflow(LoBound, Prod,
2637 cast<ConstantInt>(DivRHSH));
2638 HiBound = Prod;
2639 HiOverflow = ProdOV;
2640 }
2641 } else { // Divisor is < 0.
2642 if (CI->isNullValue()) { // (X / neg) op 0
2643 LoBound = AddOne(DivRHS);
2644 HiBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(DivRHS));
2645 } else if (isPositive(CI)) { // (X / neg) op pos
2646 HiOverflow = LoOverflow = ProdOV;
2647 if (!LoOverflow)
2648 LoOverflow = AddWithOverflow(LoBound, Prod, AddOne(DivRHS));
2649 HiBound = AddOne(Prod);
2650 } else { // (X / neg) op neg
2651 LoBound = Prod;
2652 LoOverflow = HiOverflow = ProdOV;
2653 HiBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSub(Prod, DivRHS));
2654 }
Chris Lattner0b41e862004-10-08 19:15:44 +00002655
Chris Lattnera92af962004-10-11 19:40:04 +00002656 // Dividing by a negate swaps the condition.
2657 Opcode = SetCondInst::getSwappedCondition(Opcode);
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002658 }
2659
2660 if (LoBound) {
2661 Value *X = LHSI->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattnera92af962004-10-11 19:40:04 +00002662 switch (Opcode) {
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002663 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled setcc opcode!");
2664 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2665 if (LoOverflow && HiOverflow)
2666 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2667 else if (HiOverflow)
2668 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, X, LoBound);
2669 else if (LoOverflow)
2670 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, X, HiBound);
2671 else
2672 return InsertRangeTest(X, LoBound, HiBound, true, I);
2673 case Instruction::SetNE:
2674 if (LoOverflow && HiOverflow)
2675 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2676 else if (HiOverflow)
2677 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, X, LoBound);
2678 else if (LoOverflow)
2679 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, X, HiBound);
2680 else
2681 return InsertRangeTest(X, LoBound, HiBound, false, I);
2682 case Instruction::SetLT:
2683 if (LoOverflow)
2684 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2685 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, X, LoBound);
2686 case Instruction::SetGT:
2687 if (HiOverflow)
2688 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2689 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, X, HiBound);
2690 }
2691 }
2692 }
2693 break;
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002694 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002695
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002696 // Simplify seteq and setne instructions...
2697 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
2698 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE) {
2699 bool isSetNE = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
2700
Chris Lattnercfbce7c2003-07-23 17:26:36 +00002701 // If the first operand is (and|or|xor) with a constant, and the second
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002702 // operand is a constant, simplify a bit.
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002703 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
2704 switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
Chris Lattner23b47b62004-07-06 07:38:18 +00002705 case Instruction::Rem:
2706 // If we have a signed (X % (2^c)) == 0, turn it into an unsigned one.
2707 if (CI->isNullValue() && isa<ConstantSInt>(BO->getOperand(1)) &&
2708 BO->hasOneUse() &&
2709 cast<ConstantSInt>(BO->getOperand(1))->getValue() > 1)
2710 if (unsigned L2 =
2711 Log2(cast<ConstantSInt>(BO->getOperand(1))->getValue())) {
2712 const Type *UTy = BO->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
2713 Value *NewX = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(BO->getOperand(0),
2714 UTy, "tmp"), I);
2715 Constant *RHSCst = ConstantUInt::get(UTy, 1ULL << L2);
2716 Value *NewRem =InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createRem(NewX,
2717 RHSCst, BO->getName()), I);
2718 return BinaryOperator::create(I.getOpcode(), NewRem,
2719 Constant::getNullValue(UTy));
2720 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002721 break;
Chris Lattner23b47b62004-07-06 07:38:18 +00002722
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002723 case Instruction::Add:
Chris Lattner6e079362004-06-27 22:51:36 +00002724 // Replace ((add A, B) != C) with (A != C-B) if B & C are constants.
2725 if (ConstantInt *BOp1C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerb121ae12004-09-21 21:35:23 +00002726 if (BO->hasOneUse())
2727 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BO->getOperand(0),
2728 ConstantExpr::getSub(CI, BOp1C));
Chris Lattner6e079362004-06-27 22:51:36 +00002729 } else if (CI->isNullValue()) {
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002730 // Replace ((add A, B) != 0) with (A != -B) if A or B is
2731 // efficiently invertible, or if the add has just this one use.
2732 Value *BOp0 = BO->getOperand(0), *BOp1 = BO->getOperand(1);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002733
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002734 if (Value *NegVal = dyn_castNegVal(BOp1))
2735 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BOp0, NegVal);
2736 else if (Value *NegVal = dyn_castNegVal(BOp0))
2737 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), NegVal, BOp1);
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00002738 else if (BO->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002739 Instruction *Neg = BinaryOperator::createNeg(BOp1, BO->getName());
2740 BO->setName("");
2741 InsertNewInstBefore(Neg, I);
2742 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BOp0, Neg);
2743 }
2744 }
2745 break;
2746 case Instruction::Xor:
2747 // For the xor case, we can xor two constants together, eliminating
2748 // the explicit xor.
2749 if (Constant *BOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1)))
2750 return BinaryOperator::create(I.getOpcode(), BO->getOperand(0),
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002751 ConstantExpr::getXor(CI, BOC));
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002752
2753 // FALLTHROUGH
2754 case Instruction::Sub:
2755 // Replace (([sub|xor] A, B) != 0) with (A != B)
2756 if (CI->isNullValue())
2757 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BO->getOperand(0),
2758 BO->getOperand(1));
2759 break;
2760
2761 case Instruction::Or:
2762 // If bits are being or'd in that are not present in the constant we
2763 // are comparing against, then the comparison could never succeed!
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002764 if (Constant *BOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerc8e7e292004-06-10 02:12:35 +00002765 Constant *NotCI = ConstantExpr::getNot(CI);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002766 if (!ConstantExpr::getAnd(BOC, NotCI)->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002767 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(isSetNE));
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002768 }
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002769 break;
2770
2771 case Instruction::And:
2772 if (ConstantInt *BOC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002773 // If bits are being compared against that are and'd out, then the
2774 // comparison can never succeed!
Chris Lattnerc8e7e292004-06-10 02:12:35 +00002775 if (!ConstantExpr::getAnd(CI,
2776 ConstantExpr::getNot(BOC))->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002777 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(isSetNE));
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002778
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002779 // If we have ((X & C) == C), turn it into ((X & C) != 0).
Chris Lattneree59d4b2004-06-10 02:33:20 +00002780 if (CI == BOC && isOneBitSet(CI))
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002781 return new SetCondInst(isSetNE ? Instruction::SetEQ :
2782 Instruction::SetNE, Op0,
2783 Constant::getNullValue(CI->getType()));
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002784
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002785 // Replace (and X, (1 << size(X)-1) != 0) with x < 0, converting X
2786 // to be a signed value as appropriate.
2787 if (isSignBit(BOC)) {
2788 Value *X = BO->getOperand(0);
2789 // If 'X' is not signed, insert a cast now...
2790 if (!BOC->getType()->isSigned()) {
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +00002791 const Type *DestTy = BOC->getType()->getSignedVersion();
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002792 X = InsertCastBefore(X, DestTy, I);
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002793 }
2794 return new SetCondInst(isSetNE ? Instruction::SetLT :
2795 Instruction::SetGE, X,
2796 Constant::getNullValue(X->getType()));
2797 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002798
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002799 // ((X & ~7) == 0) --> X < 8
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002800 if (CI->isNullValue() && isHighOnes(BOC)) {
2801 Value *X = BO->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002802 Constant *NegX = ConstantExpr::getNeg(BOC);
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002803
2804 // If 'X' is signed, insert a cast now.
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002805 if (NegX->getType()->isSigned()) {
2806 const Type *DestTy = NegX->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
2807 X = InsertCastBefore(X, DestTy, I);
2808 NegX = ConstantExpr::getCast(NegX, DestTy);
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002809 }
2810
2811 return new SetCondInst(isSetNE ? Instruction::SetGE :
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002812 Instruction::SetLT, X, NegX);
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002813 }
2814
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002815 }
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002816 default: break;
2817 }
2818 }
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002819 } else { // Not a SetEQ/SetNE
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002820 // If the LHS is a cast from an integral value of the same size,
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002821 if (CastInst *Cast = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
2822 Value *CastOp = Cast->getOperand(0);
2823 const Type *SrcTy = CastOp->getType();
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002824 unsigned SrcTySize = SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002825 if (SrcTy != Cast->getType() && SrcTy->isInteger() &&
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002826 SrcTySize == Cast->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) {
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002827 assert((SrcTy->isSigned() ^ Cast->getType()->isSigned()) &&
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002828 "Source and destination signednesses should differ!");
2829 if (Cast->getType()->isSigned()) {
2830 // If this is a signed comparison, check for comparisons in the
2831 // vicinity of zero.
2832 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT && CI->isNullValue())
2833 // X < 0 => x > 127
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002834 return BinaryOperator::createSetGT(CastOp,
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002835 ConstantUInt::get(SrcTy, (1ULL << (SrcTySize-1))-1));
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002836 else if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT &&
2837 cast<ConstantSInt>(CI)->getValue() == -1)
2838 // X > -1 => x < 128
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002839 return BinaryOperator::createSetLT(CastOp,
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002840 ConstantUInt::get(SrcTy, 1ULL << (SrcTySize-1)));
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002841 } else {
2842 ConstantUInt *CUI = cast<ConstantUInt>(CI);
2843 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT &&
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002844 CUI->getValue() == 1ULL << (SrcTySize-1))
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002845 // X < 128 => X > -1
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002846 return BinaryOperator::createSetGT(CastOp,
2847 ConstantSInt::get(SrcTy, -1));
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002848 else if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT &&
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002849 CUI->getValue() == (1ULL << (SrcTySize-1))-1)
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002850 // X > 127 => X < 0
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002851 return BinaryOperator::createSetLT(CastOp,
2852 Constant::getNullValue(SrcTy));
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002853 }
2854 }
2855 }
Chris Lattnere967b342003-06-04 05:10:11 +00002856 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002857 }
2858
Chris Lattner77c32c32005-04-23 15:31:55 +00002859 // Handle setcc with constant RHS's that can be integer, FP or pointer.
2860 if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1)) {
2861 if (Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
2862 switch (LHSI->getOpcode()) {
2863 case Instruction::PHI:
2864 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
2865 return NV;
2866 break;
2867 case Instruction::Select:
2868 // If either operand of the select is a constant, we can fold the
2869 // comparison into the select arms, which will cause one to be
2870 // constant folded and the select turned into a bitwise or.
2871 Value *Op1 = 0, *Op2 = 0;
2872 if (LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
2873 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
2874 // Fold the known value into the constant operand.
2875 Op1 = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), C, RHSC);
2876 // Insert a new SetCC of the other select operand.
2877 Op2 = InsertNewInstBefore(new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(),
2878 LHSI->getOperand(2), RHSC,
2879 I.getName()), I);
2880 } else if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(2))) {
2881 // Fold the known value into the constant operand.
2882 Op2 = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), C, RHSC);
2883 // Insert a new SetCC of the other select operand.
2884 Op1 = InsertNewInstBefore(new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(),
2885 LHSI->getOperand(1), RHSC,
2886 I.getName()), I);
2887 }
2888 }
Jeff Cohen82639852005-04-23 21:38:35 +00002889
Chris Lattner77c32c32005-04-23 15:31:55 +00002890 if (Op1)
2891 return new SelectInst(LHSI->getOperand(0), Op1, Op2);
2892 break;
2893 }
2894 }
2895
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002896 // If we can optimize a 'setcc GEP, P' or 'setcc P, GEP', do so now.
2897 if (User *GEP = dyn_castGetElementPtr(Op0))
2898 if (Instruction *NI = FoldGEPSetCC(GEP, Op1, I.getOpcode(), I))
2899 return NI;
2900 if (User *GEP = dyn_castGetElementPtr(Op1))
2901 if (Instruction *NI = FoldGEPSetCC(GEP, Op0,
2902 SetCondInst::getSwappedCondition(I.getOpcode()), I))
2903 return NI;
2904
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002905 // Test to see if the operands of the setcc are casted versions of other
2906 // values. If the cast can be stripped off both arguments, we do so now.
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002907 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
2908 Value *CastOp0 = CI->getOperand(0);
2909 if (CastOp0->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(CI->getType()) &&
Chris Lattner7d2a5392004-03-13 23:54:27 +00002910 (isa<Constant>(Op1) || isa<CastInst>(Op1)) &&
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002911 (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
2912 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)) {
2913 // We keep moving the cast from the left operand over to the right
2914 // operand, where it can often be eliminated completely.
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002915 Op0 = CastOp0;
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002916
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002917 // If operand #1 is a cast instruction, see if we can eliminate it as
2918 // well.
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002919 if (CastInst *CI2 = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op1))
2920 if (CI2->getOperand(0)->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002921 Op0->getType()))
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002922 Op1 = CI2->getOperand(0);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002923
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002924 // If Op1 is a constant, we can fold the cast into the constant.
2925 if (Op1->getType() != Op0->getType())
2926 if (Constant *Op1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1)) {
2927 Op1 = ConstantExpr::getCast(Op1C, Op0->getType());
2928 } else {
2929 // Otherwise, cast the RHS right before the setcc
2930 Op1 = new CastInst(Op1, Op0->getType(), Op1->getName());
2931 InsertNewInstBefore(cast<Instruction>(Op1), I);
2932 }
2933 return BinaryOperator::create(I.getOpcode(), Op0, Op1);
2934 }
2935
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002936 // Handle the special case of: setcc (cast bool to X), <cst>
2937 // This comes up when you have code like
2938 // int X = A < B;
2939 // if (X) ...
2940 // For generality, we handle any zero-extension of any operand comparison
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002941 // with a constant or another cast from the same type.
2942 if (isa<ConstantInt>(Op1) || isa<CastInst>(Op1))
2943 if (Instruction *R = visitSetCondInstWithCastAndCast(I))
2944 return R;
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002945 }
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002946 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002947}
2948
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002949// visitSetCondInstWithCastAndCast - Handle setcond (cast x to y), (cast/cst).
2950// We only handle extending casts so far.
2951//
2952Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSetCondInstWithCastAndCast(SetCondInst &SCI) {
2953 Value *LHSCIOp = cast<CastInst>(SCI.getOperand(0))->getOperand(0);
2954 const Type *SrcTy = LHSCIOp->getType();
2955 const Type *DestTy = SCI.getOperand(0)->getType();
2956 Value *RHSCIOp;
2957
2958 if (!DestTy->isIntegral() || !SrcTy->isIntegral())
Chris Lattner03f06f12005-01-17 03:20:02 +00002959 return 0;
2960
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002961 unsigned SrcBits = SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
2962 unsigned DestBits = DestTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
2963 if (SrcBits >= DestBits) return 0; // Only handle extending cast.
2964
2965 // Is this a sign or zero extension?
2966 bool isSignSrc = SrcTy->isSigned();
2967 bool isSignDest = DestTy->isSigned();
2968
2969 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(SCI.getOperand(1))) {
2970 // Not an extension from the same type?
2971 RHSCIOp = CI->getOperand(0);
2972 if (RHSCIOp->getType() != LHSCIOp->getType()) return 0;
2973 } else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SCI.getOperand(1))) {
2974 // Compute the constant that would happen if we truncated to SrcTy then
2975 // reextended to DestTy.
2976 Constant *Res = ConstantExpr::getCast(CI, SrcTy);
2977
2978 if (ConstantExpr::getCast(Res, DestTy) == CI) {
2979 RHSCIOp = Res;
2980 } else {
2981 // If the value cannot be represented in the shorter type, we cannot emit
2982 // a simple comparison.
2983 if (SCI.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ)
2984 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SCI, ConstantBool::False);
2985 if (SCI.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)
2986 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SCI, ConstantBool::True);
2987
2988 // SignBitSet - True if the top bit of the compared constant value is set.
2989 bool SignBitSet = CI->getRawValue() & 1ULL << (DestBits-1);
2990
2991 // Evaluate the comparison for LT.
2992 Value *Result;
2993 if (DestTy->isSigned()) {
2994 // We're performing a signed comparison.
2995 if (isSignSrc) {
2996 // Signed extend and signed comparison.
2997 if (cast<ConstantSInt>(CI)->getValue() < 0) // X < (small) --> false
2998 Result = ConstantBool::False;
2999 else
3000 Result = ConstantBool::True; // X < (large) --> true
3001 } else {
3002 // Unsigned extend and signed comparison.
3003 if (cast<ConstantSInt>(CI)->getValue() < 0)
3004 Result = ConstantBool::False;
3005 else
3006 Result = ConstantBool::True;
3007 }
3008 } else {
3009 // We're performing an unsigned comparison.
3010 if (!isSignSrc) {
3011 // Unsigned extend & compare -> always true.
3012 Result = ConstantBool::True;
3013 } else {
3014 // We're performing an unsigned comp with a sign extended value.
3015 // This is true if the input is >= 0. [aka >s -1]
3016 Constant *NegOne = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy);
3017 Result = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createSetGT(LHSCIOp,
3018 NegOne, SCI.getName()), SCI);
3019 }
Reid Spencer279fa252004-11-28 21:31:15 +00003020 }
Chris Lattner03f06f12005-01-17 03:20:02 +00003021
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003022 // Finally, return the value computed.
3023 if (SCI.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT) {
3024 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SCI, Result);
3025 } else {
3026 assert(SCI.getOpcode()==Instruction::SetGT &&"SetCC should be folded!");
3027 if (Constant *CI = dyn_cast<Constant>(Result))
3028 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SCI, ConstantExpr::getNot(CI));
3029 else
3030 return BinaryOperator::createNot(Result);
3031 }
Chris Lattner03f06f12005-01-17 03:20:02 +00003032 }
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003033 } else {
3034 return 0;
Reid Spencer279fa252004-11-28 21:31:15 +00003035 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003036
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003037 // Okay, we have the two reduced sized operands. If we are doing a <,>
3038 // comparison, make sure we perform the compare with the same signedness as
3039 // the DestTy. We don't have to do this if the comparison is !=/== or if the
3040 // source is a bool.
3041 if (isSignSrc != isSignDest && SrcTy != Type::BoolTy &&
3042 SCI.getOpcode() != Instruction::SetEQ &&
3043 SCI.getOpcode() != Instruction::SetNE) {
3044 // Insert noop casts of the two operands to change the sign of the
3045 // comparison.
3046 const Type *NewSrcTy;
3047 if (isSignDest)
3048 NewSrcTy = SrcTy->getSignedVersion();
3049 else
3050 NewSrcTy = SrcTy->getUnsignedVersion();
3051
3052 // Insert the new casts.
3053 LHSCIOp = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(LHSCIOp, NewSrcTy,
3054 LHSCIOp->getName()), SCI);
3055 if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(RHSCIOp))
3056 RHSCIOp = ConstantExpr::getCast(RHSC, NewSrcTy);
3057 else
3058 RHSCIOp = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(RHSCIOp, NewSrcTy,
3059 RHSCIOp->getName()), SCI);
3060 }
3061
3062 return BinaryOperator::create(SCI.getOpcode(), LHSCIOp, RHSCIOp);
3063}
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003064
Chris Lattnere8d6c602003-03-10 19:16:08 +00003065Instruction *InstCombiner::visitShiftInst(ShiftInst &I) {
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003066 assert(I.getOperand(1)->getType() == Type::UByteTy);
3067 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003068 bool isLeftShift = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003069
3070 // shl X, 0 == X and shr X, 0 == X
3071 // shl 0, X == 0 and shr 0, X == 0
3072 if (Op1 == Constant::getNullValue(Type::UByteTy) ||
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00003073 Op0 == Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()))
3074 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003075
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003076 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) { // undef >>s X -> undef
3077 if (!isLeftShift && I.getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattner67f05452004-10-16 23:28:04 +00003078 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003079 else // undef << X -> 0 AND undef >>u X -> 0
3080 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
3081 }
3082 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) {
3083 if (isLeftShift || I.getType()->isUnsigned())
3084 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
3085 else
3086 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // X >>s undef -> X
3087 }
3088
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003089 // shr int -1, X = -1 (for any arithmetic shift rights of ~0)
3090 if (!isLeftShift)
3091 if (ConstantSInt *CSI = dyn_cast<ConstantSInt>(Op0))
3092 if (CSI->isAllOnesValue())
3093 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, CSI);
3094
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003095 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
3096 if (isa<Constant>(Op0))
3097 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003098 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003099 return R;
3100
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003101 if (ConstantUInt *CUI = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003102 // shl uint X, 32 = 0 and shr ubyte Y, 9 = 0, ... just don't eliminate shr
3103 // of a signed value.
3104 //
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003105 unsigned TypeBits = Op0->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattnerf5ce2542004-02-23 20:30:06 +00003106 if (CUI->getValue() >= TypeBits) {
3107 if (!Op0->getType()->isSigned() || isLeftShift)
3108 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()));
3109 else {
3110 I.setOperand(1, ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, TypeBits-1));
3111 return &I;
3112 }
3113 }
Chris Lattner55f3d942002-09-10 23:04:09 +00003114
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +00003115 // ((X*C1) << C2) == (X * (C1 << C2))
3116 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
3117 if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul && isLeftShift)
3118 if (Constant *BOOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003119 return BinaryOperator::createMul(BO->getOperand(0),
3120 ConstantExpr::getShl(BOOp, CUI));
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003121
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003122 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
3123 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003124 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003125 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00003126 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
3127 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
3128 return NV;
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +00003129
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003130 if (Op0->hasOneUse()) {
3131 // If this is a SHL of a sign-extending cast, see if we can turn the input
3132 // into a zero extending cast (a simple strength reduction).
3133 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
3134 const Type *SrcTy = CI->getOperand(0)->getType();
3135 if (isLeftShift && SrcTy->isInteger() && SrcTy->isSigned() &&
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003136 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() <
3137 CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) {
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003138 // We can change it to a zero extension if we are shifting out all of
3139 // the sign extended bits. To check this, form a mask of all of the
3140 // sign extend bits, then shift them left and see if we have anything
3141 // left.
3142 Constant *Mask = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy); // 1111
3143 Mask = ConstantExpr::getZeroExtend(Mask, CI->getType()); // 00001111
3144 Mask = ConstantExpr::getNot(Mask); // 1's in the sign bits: 11110000
3145 if (ConstantExpr::getShl(Mask, CUI)->isNullValue()) {
3146 // If the shift is nuking all of the sign bits, change this to a
3147 // zero extension cast. To do this, cast the cast input to
3148 // unsigned, then to the requested size.
3149 Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
3150 Instruction *NC =
3151 new CastInst(CastOp, CastOp->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
3152 CI->getName()+".uns");
3153 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
3154 // Finally, insert a replacement for CI.
3155 NC = new CastInst(NC, CI->getType(), CI->getName());
3156 CI->setName("");
3157 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
3158 WorkList.push_back(CI); // Delete CI later.
3159 I.setOperand(0, NC);
3160 return &I; // The SHL operand was modified.
3161 }
3162 }
3163 }
3164
3165 // If the operand is an bitwise operator with a constant RHS, and the
3166 // shift is the only use, we can pull it out of the shift.
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003167 if (BinaryOperator *Op0BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
3168 if (ConstantInt *Op0C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0BO->getOperand(1))) {
3169 bool isValid = true; // Valid only for And, Or, Xor
3170 bool highBitSet = false; // Transform if high bit of constant set?
3171
3172 switch (Op0BO->getOpcode()) {
3173 default: isValid = false; break; // Do not perform transform!
Chris Lattner44bd3922004-10-08 03:46:20 +00003174 case Instruction::Add:
3175 isValid = isLeftShift;
3176 break;
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003177 case Instruction::Or:
3178 case Instruction::Xor:
3179 highBitSet = false;
3180 break;
3181 case Instruction::And:
3182 highBitSet = true;
3183 break;
3184 }
3185
3186 // If this is a signed shift right, and the high bit is modified
3187 // by the logical operation, do not perform the transformation.
3188 // The highBitSet boolean indicates the value of the high bit of
3189 // the constant which would cause it to be modified for this
3190 // operation.
3191 //
3192 if (isValid && !isLeftShift && !I.getType()->isUnsigned()) {
3193 uint64_t Val = Op0C->getRawValue();
3194 isValid = ((Val & (1 << (TypeBits-1))) != 0) == highBitSet;
3195 }
3196
3197 if (isValid) {
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00003198 Constant *NewRHS = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), Op0C, CUI);
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003199
3200 Instruction *NewShift =
3201 new ShiftInst(I.getOpcode(), Op0BO->getOperand(0), CUI,
3202 Op0BO->getName());
3203 Op0BO->setName("");
3204 InsertNewInstBefore(NewShift, I);
3205
3206 return BinaryOperator::create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), NewShift,
3207 NewRHS);
3208 }
3209 }
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003210 }
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003211
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003212 // If this is a shift of a shift, see if we can fold the two together...
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003213 if (ShiftInst *Op0SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattnerab780df2003-07-24 18:38:56 +00003214 if (ConstantUInt *ShiftAmt1C =
3215 dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Op0SI->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00003216 unsigned ShiftAmt1 = (unsigned)ShiftAmt1C->getValue();
3217 unsigned ShiftAmt2 = (unsigned)CUI->getValue();
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003218
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003219 // Check for (A << c1) << c2 and (A >> c1) >> c2
3220 if (I.getOpcode() == Op0SI->getOpcode()) {
3221 unsigned Amt = ShiftAmt1+ShiftAmt2; // Fold into one big shift...
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003222 if (Op0->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() < Amt)
3223 Amt = Op0->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003224 return new ShiftInst(I.getOpcode(), Op0SI->getOperand(0),
3225 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, Amt));
3226 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003227
Chris Lattnerab780df2003-07-24 18:38:56 +00003228 // Check for (A << c1) >> c2 or visaversa. If we are dealing with
3229 // signed types, we can only support the (A >> c1) << c2 configuration,
3230 // because it can not turn an arbitrary bit of A into a sign bit.
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003231 if (I.getType()->isUnsigned() || isLeftShift) {
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003232 // Calculate bitmask for what gets shifted off the edge...
3233 Constant *C = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType());
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003234 if (isLeftShift)
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003235 C = ConstantExpr::getShl(C, ShiftAmt1C);
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003236 else
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003237 C = ConstantExpr::getShr(C, ShiftAmt1C);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003238
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003239 Instruction *Mask =
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003240 BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0SI->getOperand(0), C,
3241 Op0SI->getOperand(0)->getName()+".mask");
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003242 InsertNewInstBefore(Mask, I);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003243
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003244 // Figure out what flavor of shift we should use...
3245 if (ShiftAmt1 == ShiftAmt2)
3246 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Mask); // (A << c) >> c === A & c2
3247 else if (ShiftAmt1 < ShiftAmt2) {
3248 return new ShiftInst(I.getOpcode(), Mask,
3249 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, ShiftAmt2-ShiftAmt1));
3250 } else {
3251 return new ShiftInst(Op0SI->getOpcode(), Mask,
3252 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, ShiftAmt1-ShiftAmt2));
3253 }
3254 }
3255 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003256 }
Chris Lattner2e0fb392002-10-08 16:16:40 +00003257
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003258 return 0;
3259}
3260
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003261enum CastType {
3262 Noop = 0,
3263 Truncate = 1,
3264 Signext = 2,
3265 Zeroext = 3
3266};
3267
3268/// getCastType - In the future, we will split the cast instruction into these
3269/// various types. Until then, we have to do the analysis here.
3270static CastType getCastType(const Type *Src, const Type *Dest) {
3271 assert(Src->isIntegral() && Dest->isIntegral() &&
3272 "Only works on integral types!");
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003273 unsigned SrcSize = Src->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
3274 unsigned DestSize = Dest->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003275
3276 if (SrcSize == DestSize) return Noop;
3277 if (SrcSize > DestSize) return Truncate;
3278 if (Src->isSigned()) return Signext;
3279 return Zeroext;
3280}
3281
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003282
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003283// isEliminableCastOfCast - Return true if it is valid to eliminate the CI
3284// instruction.
3285//
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003286static inline bool isEliminableCastOfCast(const Type *SrcTy, const Type *MidTy,
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003287 const Type *DstTy, TargetData *TD) {
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003288
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003289 // It is legal to eliminate the instruction if casting A->B->A if the sizes
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003290 // are identical and the bits don't get reinterpreted (for example
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003291 // int->float->int would not be allowed).
Misha Brukmane5838c42003-05-20 18:45:36 +00003292 if (SrcTy == DstTy && SrcTy->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(MidTy))
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003293 return true;
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003294
Chris Lattner4fbad962004-07-21 04:27:24 +00003295 // If we are casting between pointer and integer types, treat pointers as
3296 // integers of the appropriate size for the code below.
3297 if (isa<PointerType>(SrcTy)) SrcTy = TD->getIntPtrType();
3298 if (isa<PointerType>(MidTy)) MidTy = TD->getIntPtrType();
3299 if (isa<PointerType>(DstTy)) DstTy = TD->getIntPtrType();
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003300
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003301 // Allow free casting and conversion of sizes as long as the sign doesn't
3302 // change...
Chris Lattnerb0b412e2002-09-03 01:08:28 +00003303 if (SrcTy->isIntegral() && MidTy->isIntegral() && DstTy->isIntegral()) {
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003304 CastType FirstCast = getCastType(SrcTy, MidTy);
3305 CastType SecondCast = getCastType(MidTy, DstTy);
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003306
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003307 // Capture the effect of these two casts. If the result is a legal cast,
3308 // the CastType is stored here, otherwise a special code is used.
3309 static const unsigned CastResult[] = {
3310 // First cast is noop
3311 0, 1, 2, 3,
3312 // First cast is a truncate
3313 1, 1, 4, 4, // trunc->extend is not safe to eliminate
3314 // First cast is a sign ext
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003315 2, 5, 2, 4, // signext->zeroext never ok
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003316 // First cast is a zero ext
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003317 3, 5, 3, 3,
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003318 };
3319
3320 unsigned Result = CastResult[FirstCast*4+SecondCast];
3321 switch (Result) {
3322 default: assert(0 && "Illegal table value!");
3323 case 0:
3324 case 1:
3325 case 2:
3326 case 3:
3327 // FIXME: in the future, when LLVM has explicit sign/zeroextends and
3328 // truncates, we could eliminate more casts.
3329 return (unsigned)getCastType(SrcTy, DstTy) == Result;
3330 case 4:
3331 return false; // Not possible to eliminate this here.
3332 case 5:
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003333 // Sign or zero extend followed by truncate is always ok if the result
3334 // is a truncate or noop.
3335 CastType ResultCast = getCastType(SrcTy, DstTy);
3336 if (ResultCast == Noop || ResultCast == Truncate)
3337 return true;
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003338 // Otherwise we are still growing the value, we are only safe if the
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003339 // result will match the sign/zeroextendness of the result.
3340 return ResultCast == FirstCast;
Chris Lattner3732aca2002-08-15 16:15:25 +00003341 }
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003342 }
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003343 return false;
3344}
3345
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003346static bool ValueRequiresCast(const Value *V, const Type *Ty, TargetData *TD) {
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003347 if (V->getType() == Ty || isa<Constant>(V)) return false;
3348 if (const CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(V))
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003349 if (isEliminableCastOfCast(CI->getOperand(0)->getType(), CI->getType(), Ty,
3350 TD))
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003351 return false;
3352 return true;
3353}
3354
3355/// InsertOperandCastBefore - This inserts a cast of V to DestTy before the
3356/// InsertBefore instruction. This is specialized a bit to avoid inserting
3357/// casts that are known to not do anything...
3358///
3359Value *InstCombiner::InsertOperandCastBefore(Value *V, const Type *DestTy,
3360 Instruction *InsertBefore) {
3361 if (V->getType() == DestTy) return V;
3362 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
3363 return ConstantExpr::getCast(C, DestTy);
3364
3365 CastInst *CI = new CastInst(V, DestTy, V->getName());
3366 InsertNewInstBefore(CI, *InsertBefore);
3367 return CI;
3368}
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003369
3370// CastInst simplification
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00003371//
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003372Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCastInst(CastInst &CI) {
Chris Lattner55d4bda2003-06-23 21:59:52 +00003373 Value *Src = CI.getOperand(0);
3374
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003375 // If the user is casting a value to the same type, eliminate this cast
3376 // instruction...
Chris Lattner55d4bda2003-06-23 21:59:52 +00003377 if (CI.getType() == Src->getType())
3378 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Src);
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003379
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003380 if (isa<UndefValue>(Src)) // cast undef -> undef
3381 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, UndefValue::get(CI.getType()));
3382
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003383 // If casting the result of another cast instruction, try to eliminate this
3384 // one!
3385 //
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003386 if (CastInst *CSrc = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Src)) { // A->B->C cast
3387 Value *A = CSrc->getOperand(0);
3388 if (isEliminableCastOfCast(A->getType(), CSrc->getType(),
3389 CI.getType(), TD)) {
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003390 // This instruction now refers directly to the cast's src operand. This
3391 // has a good chance of making CSrc dead.
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003392 CI.setOperand(0, CSrc->getOperand(0));
3393 return &CI;
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003394 }
3395
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003396 // If this is an A->B->A cast, and we are dealing with integral types, try
3397 // to convert this into a logical 'and' instruction.
3398 //
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003399 if (A->getType()->isInteger() &&
Chris Lattnerb0b412e2002-09-03 01:08:28 +00003400 CI.getType()->isInteger() && CSrc->getType()->isInteger() &&
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003401 CSrc->getType()->isUnsigned() && // B->A cast must zero extend
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003402 CSrc->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() <
3403 CI.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()&&
3404 A->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() ==
3405 CI.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) {
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003406 assert(CSrc->getType() != Type::ULongTy &&
3407 "Cannot have type bigger than ulong!");
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003408 uint64_t AndValue = (1ULL << CSrc->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits())-1;
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003409 Constant *AndOp = ConstantUInt::get(A->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
3410 AndValue);
3411 AndOp = ConstantExpr::getCast(AndOp, A->getType());
3412 Instruction *And = BinaryOperator::createAnd(CSrc->getOperand(0), AndOp);
3413 if (And->getType() != CI.getType()) {
3414 And->setName(CSrc->getName()+".mask");
3415 InsertNewInstBefore(And, CI);
3416 And = new CastInst(And, CI.getType());
3417 }
3418 return And;
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003419 }
3420 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003421
Chris Lattner03841652004-05-25 04:29:21 +00003422 // If this is a cast to bool, turn it into the appropriate setne instruction.
3423 if (CI.getType() == Type::BoolTy)
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003424 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(CI.getOperand(0),
Chris Lattner03841652004-05-25 04:29:21 +00003425 Constant::getNullValue(CI.getOperand(0)->getType()));
3426
Chris Lattnerd0d51602003-06-21 23:12:02 +00003427 // If casting the result of a getelementptr instruction with no offset, turn
3428 // this into a cast of the original pointer!
3429 //
Chris Lattner55d4bda2003-06-23 21:59:52 +00003430 if (GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Src)) {
Chris Lattnerd0d51602003-06-21 23:12:02 +00003431 bool AllZeroOperands = true;
3432 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
3433 if (!isa<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(i)) ||
3434 !cast<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
3435 AllZeroOperands = false;
3436 break;
3437 }
3438 if (AllZeroOperands) {
3439 CI.setOperand(0, GEP->getOperand(0));
3440 return &CI;
3441 }
3442 }
3443
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003444 // If we are casting a malloc or alloca to a pointer to a type of the same
3445 // size, rewrite the allocation instruction to allocate the "right" type.
3446 //
3447 if (AllocationInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocationInst>(Src))
Chris Lattnerd4d987d2003-11-02 06:54:48 +00003448 if (AI->hasOneUse() && !AI->isArrayAllocation())
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003449 if (const PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(CI.getType())) {
3450 // Get the type really allocated and the type casted to...
3451 const Type *AllocElTy = AI->getAllocatedType();
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003452 const Type *CastElTy = PTy->getElementType();
Chris Lattner9eb9ccd2004-07-06 19:28:42 +00003453 if (AllocElTy->isSized() && CastElTy->isSized()) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00003454 uint64_t AllocElTySize = TD->getTypeSize(AllocElTy);
3455 uint64_t CastElTySize = TD->getTypeSize(CastElTy);
Chris Lattner7c94d112003-11-05 17:31:36 +00003456
Chris Lattner9eb9ccd2004-07-06 19:28:42 +00003457 // If the allocation is for an even multiple of the cast type size
3458 if (CastElTySize && (AllocElTySize % CastElTySize == 0)) {
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003459 Value *Amt = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UIntTy,
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003460 AllocElTySize/CastElTySize);
Chris Lattner9eb9ccd2004-07-06 19:28:42 +00003461 std::string Name = AI->getName(); AI->setName("");
3462 AllocationInst *New;
3463 if (isa<MallocInst>(AI))
3464 New = new MallocInst(CastElTy, Amt, Name);
3465 else
3466 New = new AllocaInst(CastElTy, Amt, Name);
3467 InsertNewInstBefore(New, *AI);
3468 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, New);
3469 }
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003470 }
3471 }
3472
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003473 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Src))
3474 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoSelect(CI, SI, this))
3475 return NV;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00003476 if (isa<PHINode>(Src))
3477 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(CI))
3478 return NV;
3479
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003480 // If the source value is an instruction with only this use, we can attempt to
3481 // propagate the cast into the instruction. Also, only handle integral types
3482 // for now.
3483 if (Instruction *SrcI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Src))
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00003484 if (SrcI->hasOneUse() && Src->getType()->isIntegral() &&
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003485 CI.getType()->isInteger()) { // Don't mess with casts to bool here
3486 const Type *DestTy = CI.getType();
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003487 unsigned SrcBitSize = Src->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
3488 unsigned DestBitSize = DestTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003489
3490 Value *Op0 = SrcI->getNumOperands() > 0 ? SrcI->getOperand(0) : 0;
3491 Value *Op1 = SrcI->getNumOperands() > 1 ? SrcI->getOperand(1) : 0;
3492
3493 switch (SrcI->getOpcode()) {
3494 case Instruction::Add:
3495 case Instruction::Mul:
3496 case Instruction::And:
3497 case Instruction::Or:
3498 case Instruction::Xor:
3499 // If we are discarding information, or just changing the sign, rewrite.
3500 if (DestBitSize <= SrcBitSize && DestBitSize != 1) {
3501 // Don't insert two casts if they cannot be eliminated. We allow two
3502 // casts to be inserted if the sizes are the same. This could only be
3503 // converting signedness, which is a noop.
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003504 if (DestBitSize == SrcBitSize || !ValueRequiresCast(Op1, DestTy,TD) ||
3505 !ValueRequiresCast(Op0, DestTy, TD)) {
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003506 Value *Op0c = InsertOperandCastBefore(Op0, DestTy, SrcI);
3507 Value *Op1c = InsertOperandCastBefore(Op1, DestTy, SrcI);
3508 return BinaryOperator::create(cast<BinaryOperator>(SrcI)
3509 ->getOpcode(), Op0c, Op1c);
3510 }
3511 }
3512 break;
3513 case Instruction::Shl:
3514 // Allow changing the sign of the source operand. Do not allow changing
3515 // the size of the shift, UNLESS the shift amount is a constant. We
3516 // mush not change variable sized shifts to a smaller size, because it
3517 // is undefined to shift more bits out than exist in the value.
3518 if (DestBitSize == SrcBitSize ||
3519 (DestBitSize < SrcBitSize && isa<Constant>(Op1))) {
3520 Value *Op0c = InsertOperandCastBefore(Op0, DestTy, SrcI);
3521 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl, Op0c, Op1);
3522 }
3523 break;
3524 }
3525 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003526
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00003527 return 0;
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00003528}
3529
Chris Lattner56e4d3d2004-04-09 23:46:01 +00003530/// GetSelectFoldableOperands - We want to turn code that looks like this:
3531/// %C = or %A, %B
3532/// %D = select %cond, %C, %A
3533/// into:
3534/// %C = select %cond, %B, 0
3535/// %D = or %A, %C
3536///
3537/// Assuming that the specified instruction is an operand to the select, return
3538/// a bitmask indicating which operands of this instruction are foldable if they
3539/// equal the other incoming value of the select.
3540///
3541static unsigned GetSelectFoldableOperands(Instruction *I) {
3542 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3543 case Instruction::Add:
3544 case Instruction::Mul:
3545 case Instruction::And:
3546 case Instruction::Or:
3547 case Instruction::Xor:
3548 return 3; // Can fold through either operand.
3549 case Instruction::Sub: // Can only fold on the amount subtracted.
3550 case Instruction::Shl: // Can only fold on the shift amount.
3551 case Instruction::Shr:
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003552 return 1;
Chris Lattner56e4d3d2004-04-09 23:46:01 +00003553 default:
3554 return 0; // Cannot fold
3555 }
3556}
3557
3558/// GetSelectFoldableConstant - For the same transformation as the previous
3559/// function, return the identity constant that goes into the select.
3560static Constant *GetSelectFoldableConstant(Instruction *I) {
3561 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3562 default: assert(0 && "This cannot happen!"); abort();
3563 case Instruction::Add:
3564 case Instruction::Sub:
3565 case Instruction::Or:
3566 case Instruction::Xor:
3567 return Constant::getNullValue(I->getType());
3568 case Instruction::Shl:
3569 case Instruction::Shr:
3570 return Constant::getNullValue(Type::UByteTy);
3571 case Instruction::And:
3572 return ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(I->getType());
3573 case Instruction::Mul:
3574 return ConstantInt::get(I->getType(), 1);
3575 }
3576}
3577
Chris Lattner411336f2005-01-19 21:50:18 +00003578/// FoldSelectOpOp - Here we have (select c, TI, FI), and we know that TI and FI
3579/// have the same opcode and only one use each. Try to simplify this.
3580Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldSelectOpOp(SelectInst &SI, Instruction *TI,
3581 Instruction *FI) {
3582 if (TI->getNumOperands() == 1) {
3583 // If this is a non-volatile load or a cast from the same type,
3584 // merge.
3585 if (TI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Cast) {
3586 if (TI->getOperand(0)->getType() != FI->getOperand(0)->getType())
3587 return 0;
3588 } else {
3589 return 0; // unknown unary op.
3590 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003591
Chris Lattner411336f2005-01-19 21:50:18 +00003592 // Fold this by inserting a select from the input values.
3593 SelectInst *NewSI = new SelectInst(SI.getCondition(), TI->getOperand(0),
3594 FI->getOperand(0), SI.getName()+".v");
3595 InsertNewInstBefore(NewSI, SI);
3596 return new CastInst(NewSI, TI->getType());
3597 }
3598
3599 // Only handle binary operators here.
3600 if (!isa<ShiftInst>(TI) && !isa<BinaryOperator>(TI))
3601 return 0;
3602
3603 // Figure out if the operations have any operands in common.
3604 Value *MatchOp, *OtherOpT, *OtherOpF;
3605 bool MatchIsOpZero;
3606 if (TI->getOperand(0) == FI->getOperand(0)) {
3607 MatchOp = TI->getOperand(0);
3608 OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(1);
3609 OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(1);
3610 MatchIsOpZero = true;
3611 } else if (TI->getOperand(1) == FI->getOperand(1)) {
3612 MatchOp = TI->getOperand(1);
3613 OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(0);
3614 OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(0);
3615 MatchIsOpZero = false;
3616 } else if (!TI->isCommutative()) {
3617 return 0;
3618 } else if (TI->getOperand(0) == FI->getOperand(1)) {
3619 MatchOp = TI->getOperand(0);
3620 OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(1);
3621 OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(0);
3622 MatchIsOpZero = true;
3623 } else if (TI->getOperand(1) == FI->getOperand(0)) {
3624 MatchOp = TI->getOperand(1);
3625 OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(0);
3626 OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(1);
3627 MatchIsOpZero = true;
3628 } else {
3629 return 0;
3630 }
3631
3632 // If we reach here, they do have operations in common.
3633 SelectInst *NewSI = new SelectInst(SI.getCondition(), OtherOpT,
3634 OtherOpF, SI.getName()+".v");
3635 InsertNewInstBefore(NewSI, SI);
3636
3637 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(TI)) {
3638 if (MatchIsOpZero)
3639 return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), MatchOp, NewSI);
3640 else
3641 return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), NewSI, MatchOp);
3642 } else {
3643 if (MatchIsOpZero)
3644 return new ShiftInst(cast<ShiftInst>(TI)->getOpcode(), MatchOp, NewSI);
3645 else
3646 return new ShiftInst(cast<ShiftInst>(TI)->getOpcode(), NewSI, MatchOp);
3647 }
3648}
3649
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003650Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003651 Value *CondVal = SI.getCondition();
3652 Value *TrueVal = SI.getTrueValue();
3653 Value *FalseVal = SI.getFalseValue();
3654
3655 // select true, X, Y -> X
3656 // select false, X, Y -> Y
3657 if (ConstantBool *C = dyn_cast<ConstantBool>(CondVal))
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003658 if (C == ConstantBool::True)
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003659 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003660 else {
3661 assert(C == ConstantBool::False);
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003662 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003663 }
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003664
3665 // select C, X, X -> X
3666 if (TrueVal == FalseVal)
3667 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
3668
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003669 if (isa<UndefValue>(TrueVal)) // select C, undef, X -> X
3670 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
3671 if (isa<UndefValue>(FalseVal)) // select C, X, undef -> X
3672 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
3673 if (isa<UndefValue>(CondVal)) { // select undef, X, Y -> X or Y
3674 if (isa<Constant>(TrueVal))
3675 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
3676 else
3677 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
3678 }
3679
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003680 if (SI.getType() == Type::BoolTy)
3681 if (ConstantBool *C = dyn_cast<ConstantBool>(TrueVal)) {
3682 if (C == ConstantBool::True) {
3683 // Change: A = select B, true, C --> A = or B, C
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003684 return BinaryOperator::createOr(CondVal, FalseVal);
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003685 } else {
3686 // Change: A = select B, false, C --> A = and !B, C
3687 Value *NotCond =
3688 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(CondVal,
3689 "not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003690 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(NotCond, FalseVal);
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003691 }
3692 } else if (ConstantBool *C = dyn_cast<ConstantBool>(FalseVal)) {
3693 if (C == ConstantBool::False) {
3694 // Change: A = select B, C, false --> A = and B, C
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003695 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(CondVal, TrueVal);
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003696 } else {
3697 // Change: A = select B, C, true --> A = or !B, C
3698 Value *NotCond =
3699 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(CondVal,
3700 "not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003701 return BinaryOperator::createOr(NotCond, TrueVal);
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003702 }
3703 }
3704
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003705 // Selecting between two integer constants?
3706 if (ConstantInt *TrueValC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(TrueVal))
3707 if (ConstantInt *FalseValC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(FalseVal)) {
3708 // select C, 1, 0 -> cast C to int
3709 if (FalseValC->isNullValue() && TrueValC->getRawValue() == 1) {
3710 return new CastInst(CondVal, SI.getType());
3711 } else if (TrueValC->isNullValue() && FalseValC->getRawValue() == 1) {
3712 // select C, 0, 1 -> cast !C to int
3713 Value *NotCond =
3714 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(CondVal,
Chris Lattnercf7baf32004-04-09 18:19:44 +00003715 "not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003716 return new CastInst(NotCond, SI.getType());
Chris Lattnercf7baf32004-04-09 18:19:44 +00003717 }
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00003718
3719 // If one of the constants is zero (we know they can't both be) and we
3720 // have a setcc instruction with zero, and we have an 'and' with the
3721 // non-constant value, eliminate this whole mess. This corresponds to
3722 // cases like this: ((X & 27) ? 27 : 0)
3723 if (TrueValC->isNullValue() || FalseValC->isNullValue())
3724 if (Instruction *IC = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SI.getCondition()))
3725 if ((IC->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
3726 IC->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE) &&
3727 isa<ConstantInt>(IC->getOperand(1)) &&
3728 cast<Constant>(IC->getOperand(1))->isNullValue())
3729 if (Instruction *ICA = dyn_cast<Instruction>(IC->getOperand(0)))
3730 if (ICA->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003731 isa<ConstantInt>(ICA->getOperand(1)) &&
3732 (ICA->getOperand(1) == TrueValC ||
3733 ICA->getOperand(1) == FalseValC) &&
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00003734 isOneBitSet(cast<ConstantInt>(ICA->getOperand(1)))) {
3735 // Okay, now we know that everything is set up, we just don't
3736 // know whether we have a setne or seteq and whether the true or
3737 // false val is the zero.
3738 bool ShouldNotVal = !TrueValC->isNullValue();
3739 ShouldNotVal ^= IC->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
3740 Value *V = ICA;
3741 if (ShouldNotVal)
3742 V = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::create(
3743 Instruction::Xor, V, ICA->getOperand(1)), SI);
3744 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, V);
3745 }
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003746 }
Chris Lattner623fba12004-04-10 22:21:27 +00003747
3748 // See if we are selecting two values based on a comparison of the two values.
3749 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(CondVal)) {
3750 if (SCI->getOperand(0) == TrueVal && SCI->getOperand(1) == FalseVal) {
3751 // Transform (X == Y) ? X : Y -> Y
3752 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ)
3753 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
3754 // Transform (X != Y) ? X : Y -> X
3755 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)
3756 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
3757 // NOTE: if we wanted to, this is where to detect MIN/MAX/ABS/etc.
3758
3759 } else if (SCI->getOperand(0) == FalseVal && SCI->getOperand(1) == TrueVal){
3760 // Transform (X == Y) ? Y : X -> X
3761 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ)
Chris Lattner24cf0202004-04-11 01:39:19 +00003762 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
Chris Lattner623fba12004-04-10 22:21:27 +00003763 // Transform (X != Y) ? Y : X -> Y
3764 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)
Chris Lattner24cf0202004-04-11 01:39:19 +00003765 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
Chris Lattner623fba12004-04-10 22:21:27 +00003766 // NOTE: if we wanted to, this is where to detect MIN/MAX/ABS/etc.
3767 }
3768 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003769
Chris Lattnera04c9042005-01-13 22:52:24 +00003770 if (Instruction *TI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TrueVal))
3771 if (Instruction *FI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(FalseVal))
3772 if (TI->hasOneUse() && FI->hasOneUse()) {
3773 bool isInverse = false;
3774 Instruction *AddOp = 0, *SubOp = 0;
3775
Chris Lattner411336f2005-01-19 21:50:18 +00003776 // Turn (select C, (op X, Y), (op X, Z)) -> (op X, (select C, Y, Z))
3777 if (TI->getOpcode() == FI->getOpcode())
3778 if (Instruction *IV = FoldSelectOpOp(SI, TI, FI))
3779 return IV;
3780
3781 // Turn select C, (X+Y), (X-Y) --> (X+(select C, Y, (-Y))). This is
3782 // even legal for FP.
Chris Lattnera04c9042005-01-13 22:52:24 +00003783 if (TI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub &&
3784 FI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
3785 AddOp = FI; SubOp = TI;
3786 } else if (FI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub &&
3787 TI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
3788 AddOp = TI; SubOp = FI;
3789 }
3790
3791 if (AddOp) {
3792 Value *OtherAddOp = 0;
3793 if (SubOp->getOperand(0) == AddOp->getOperand(0)) {
3794 OtherAddOp = AddOp->getOperand(1);
3795 } else if (SubOp->getOperand(0) == AddOp->getOperand(1)) {
3796 OtherAddOp = AddOp->getOperand(0);
3797 }
3798
3799 if (OtherAddOp) {
3800 // So at this point we know we have:
3801 // select C, (add X, Y), (sub X, ?)
3802 // We can do the transform profitably if either 'Y' = '?' or '?' is
3803 // a constant.
3804 if (SubOp->getOperand(1) == AddOp ||
3805 isa<Constant>(SubOp->getOperand(1))) {
3806 Value *NegVal;
3807 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SubOp->getOperand(1))) {
3808 NegVal = ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
3809 } else {
3810 NegVal = InsertNewInstBefore(
3811 BinaryOperator::createNeg(SubOp->getOperand(1)), SI);
3812 }
3813
Chris Lattner51726c42005-01-14 17:35:12 +00003814 Value *NewTrueOp = OtherAddOp;
Chris Lattnera04c9042005-01-13 22:52:24 +00003815 Value *NewFalseOp = NegVal;
3816 if (AddOp != TI)
3817 std::swap(NewTrueOp, NewFalseOp);
3818 Instruction *NewSel =
3819 new SelectInst(CondVal, NewTrueOp,NewFalseOp,SI.getName()+".p");
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003820
Chris Lattnera04c9042005-01-13 22:52:24 +00003821 NewSel = InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
Chris Lattner51726c42005-01-14 17:35:12 +00003822 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(SubOp->getOperand(0), NewSel);
Chris Lattnera04c9042005-01-13 22:52:24 +00003823 }
3824 }
3825 }
3826 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003827
Chris Lattner56e4d3d2004-04-09 23:46:01 +00003828 // See if we can fold the select into one of our operands.
3829 if (SI.getType()->isInteger()) {
3830 // See the comment above GetSelectFoldableOperands for a description of the
3831 // transformation we are doing here.
3832 if (Instruction *TVI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TrueVal))
3833 if (TVI->hasOneUse() && TVI->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
3834 !isa<Constant>(FalseVal))
3835 if (unsigned SFO = GetSelectFoldableOperands(TVI)) {
3836 unsigned OpToFold = 0;
3837 if ((SFO & 1) && FalseVal == TVI->getOperand(0)) {
3838 OpToFold = 1;
3839 } else if ((SFO & 2) && FalseVal == TVI->getOperand(1)) {
3840 OpToFold = 2;
3841 }
3842
3843 if (OpToFold) {
3844 Constant *C = GetSelectFoldableConstant(TVI);
3845 std::string Name = TVI->getName(); TVI->setName("");
3846 Instruction *NewSel =
3847 new SelectInst(SI.getCondition(), TVI->getOperand(2-OpToFold), C,
3848 Name);
3849 InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
3850 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(TVI))
3851 return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), FalseVal, NewSel);
3852 else if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(TVI))
3853 return new ShiftInst(SI->getOpcode(), FalseVal, NewSel);
3854 else {
3855 assert(0 && "Unknown instruction!!");
3856 }
3857 }
3858 }
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00003859
Chris Lattner56e4d3d2004-04-09 23:46:01 +00003860 if (Instruction *FVI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(FalseVal))
3861 if (FVI->hasOneUse() && FVI->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
3862 !isa<Constant>(TrueVal))
3863 if (unsigned SFO = GetSelectFoldableOperands(FVI)) {
3864 unsigned OpToFold = 0;
3865 if ((SFO & 1) && TrueVal == FVI->getOperand(0)) {
3866 OpToFold = 1;
3867 } else if ((SFO & 2) && TrueVal == FVI->getOperand(1)) {
3868 OpToFold = 2;
3869 }
3870
3871 if (OpToFold) {
3872 Constant *C = GetSelectFoldableConstant(FVI);
3873 std::string Name = FVI->getName(); FVI->setName("");
3874 Instruction *NewSel =
3875 new SelectInst(SI.getCondition(), C, FVI->getOperand(2-OpToFold),
3876 Name);
3877 InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
3878 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FVI))
3879 return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), TrueVal, NewSel);
3880 else if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(FVI))
3881 return new ShiftInst(SI->getOpcode(), TrueVal, NewSel);
3882 else {
3883 assert(0 && "Unknown instruction!!");
3884 }
3885 }
3886 }
3887 }
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003888 return 0;
3889}
3890
3891
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003892// CallInst simplification
3893//
3894Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallInst(CallInst &CI) {
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00003895 // Intrinsics cannot occur in an invoke, so handle them here instead of in
3896 // visitCallSite.
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +00003897 if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(&CI)) {
3898 bool Changed = false;
3899
3900 // memmove/cpy/set of zero bytes is a noop.
3901 if (Constant *NumBytes = dyn_cast<Constant>(MI->getLength())) {
3902 if (NumBytes->isNullValue()) return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
3903
3904 // FIXME: Increase alignment here.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003905
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +00003906 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(NumBytes))
3907 if (CI->getRawValue() == 1) {
3908 // Replace the instruction with just byte operations. We would
3909 // transform other cases to loads/stores, but we don't know if
3910 // alignment is sufficient.
3911 }
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00003912 }
3913
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +00003914 // If we have a memmove and the source operation is a constant global,
3915 // then the source and dest pointers can't alias, so we can change this
3916 // into a call to memcpy.
3917 if (MemMoveInst *MMI = dyn_cast<MemMoveInst>(MI))
3918 if (GlobalVariable *GVSrc = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(MMI->getSource()))
3919 if (GVSrc->isConstant()) {
3920 Module *M = CI.getParent()->getParent()->getParent();
3921 Function *MemCpy = M->getOrInsertFunction("llvm.memcpy",
3922 CI.getCalledFunction()->getFunctionType());
3923 CI.setOperand(0, MemCpy);
3924 Changed = true;
3925 }
3926
3927 if (Changed) return &CI;
Chris Lattner95307542004-11-18 21:41:39 +00003928 } else if (DbgStopPointInst *SPI = dyn_cast<DbgStopPointInst>(&CI)) {
3929 // If this stoppoint is at the same source location as the previous
3930 // stoppoint in the chain, it is not needed.
3931 if (DbgStopPointInst *PrevSPI =
3932 dyn_cast<DbgStopPointInst>(SPI->getChain()))
3933 if (SPI->getLineNo() == PrevSPI->getLineNo() &&
3934 SPI->getColNo() == PrevSPI->getColNo()) {
3935 SPI->replaceAllUsesWith(PrevSPI);
3936 return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
3937 }
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +00003938 }
3939
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00003940 return visitCallSite(&CI);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003941}
3942
3943// InvokeInst simplification
3944//
3945Instruction *InstCombiner::visitInvokeInst(InvokeInst &II) {
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00003946 return visitCallSite(&II);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003947}
3948
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00003949// visitCallSite - Improvements for call and invoke instructions.
3950//
3951Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallSite(CallSite CS) {
Chris Lattner75b4d1d2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00003952 bool Changed = false;
3953
3954 // If the callee is a constexpr cast of a function, attempt to move the cast
3955 // to the arguments of the call/invoke.
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00003956 if (transformConstExprCastCall(CS)) return 0;
3957
Chris Lattner75b4d1d2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00003958 Value *Callee = CS.getCalledValue();
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003959
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00003960 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Callee) || isa<UndefValue>(Callee)) {
3961 // This instruction is not reachable, just remove it. We insert a store to
3962 // undef so that we know that this code is not reachable, despite the fact
3963 // that we can't modify the CFG here.
3964 new StoreInst(ConstantBool::True,
3965 UndefValue::get(PointerType::get(Type::BoolTy)),
3966 CS.getInstruction());
3967
3968 if (!CS.getInstruction()->use_empty())
3969 CS.getInstruction()->
3970 replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(CS.getInstruction()->getType()));
3971
3972 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(CS.getInstruction())) {
3973 // Don't break the CFG, insert a dummy cond branch.
3974 new BranchInst(II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(),
3975 ConstantBool::True, II);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003976 }
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00003977 return EraseInstFromFunction(*CS.getInstruction());
3978 }
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003979
Chris Lattner75b4d1d2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00003980 const PointerType *PTy = cast<PointerType>(Callee->getType());
3981 const FunctionType *FTy = cast<FunctionType>(PTy->getElementType());
3982 if (FTy->isVarArg()) {
3983 // See if we can optimize any arguments passed through the varargs area of
3984 // the call.
3985 for (CallSite::arg_iterator I = CS.arg_begin()+FTy->getNumParams(),
3986 E = CS.arg_end(); I != E; ++I)
3987 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(*I)) {
3988 // If this cast does not effect the value passed through the varargs
3989 // area, we can eliminate the use of the cast.
3990 Value *Op = CI->getOperand(0);
3991 if (CI->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(Op->getType())) {
3992 *I = Op;
3993 Changed = true;
3994 }
3995 }
3996 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003997
Chris Lattner75b4d1d2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00003998 return Changed ? CS.getInstruction() : 0;
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00003999}
4000
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004001// transformConstExprCastCall - If the callee is a constexpr cast of a function,
4002// attempt to move the cast to the arguments of the call/invoke.
4003//
4004bool InstCombiner::transformConstExprCastCall(CallSite CS) {
4005 if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(CS.getCalledValue())) return false;
4006 ConstantExpr *CE = cast<ConstantExpr>(CS.getCalledValue());
Chris Lattnerf3edc492004-07-18 18:59:44 +00004007 if (CE->getOpcode() != Instruction::Cast || !isa<Function>(CE->getOperand(0)))
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004008 return false;
Reid Spencer87436872004-07-18 00:38:32 +00004009 Function *Callee = cast<Function>(CE->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004010 Instruction *Caller = CS.getInstruction();
4011
4012 // Okay, this is a cast from a function to a different type. Unless doing so
4013 // would cause a type conversion of one of our arguments, change this call to
4014 // be a direct call with arguments casted to the appropriate types.
4015 //
4016 const FunctionType *FT = Callee->getFunctionType();
4017 const Type *OldRetTy = Caller->getType();
4018
Chris Lattner1f7942f2004-01-14 06:06:08 +00004019 // Check to see if we are changing the return type...
4020 if (OldRetTy != FT->getReturnType()) {
4021 if (Callee->isExternal() &&
4022 !OldRetTy->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(FT->getReturnType()) &&
4023 !Caller->use_empty())
4024 return false; // Cannot transform this return value...
4025
4026 // If the callsite is an invoke instruction, and the return value is used by
4027 // a PHI node in a successor, we cannot change the return type of the call
4028 // because there is no place to put the cast instruction (without breaking
4029 // the critical edge). Bail out in this case.
4030 if (!Caller->use_empty())
4031 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller))
4032 for (Value::use_iterator UI = II->use_begin(), E = II->use_end();
4033 UI != E; ++UI)
4034 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(*UI))
4035 if (PN->getParent() == II->getNormalDest() ||
Chris Lattnerfae8ab32004-02-08 21:44:31 +00004036 PN->getParent() == II->getUnwindDest())
Chris Lattner1f7942f2004-01-14 06:06:08 +00004037 return false;
4038 }
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004039
4040 unsigned NumActualArgs = unsigned(CS.arg_end()-CS.arg_begin());
4041 unsigned NumCommonArgs = std::min(FT->getNumParams(), NumActualArgs);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004042
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004043 CallSite::arg_iterator AI = CS.arg_begin();
4044 for (unsigned i = 0, e = NumCommonArgs; i != e; ++i, ++AI) {
4045 const Type *ParamTy = FT->getParamType(i);
4046 bool isConvertible = (*AI)->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(ParamTy);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004047 if (Callee->isExternal() && !isConvertible) return false;
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004048 }
4049
4050 if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs && !FT->isVarArg() &&
4051 Callee->isExternal())
4052 return false; // Do not delete arguments unless we have a function body...
4053
4054 // Okay, we decided that this is a safe thing to do: go ahead and start
4055 // inserting cast instructions as necessary...
4056 std::vector<Value*> Args;
4057 Args.reserve(NumActualArgs);
4058
4059 AI = CS.arg_begin();
4060 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumCommonArgs; ++i, ++AI) {
4061 const Type *ParamTy = FT->getParamType(i);
4062 if ((*AI)->getType() == ParamTy) {
4063 Args.push_back(*AI);
4064 } else {
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00004065 Args.push_back(InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(*AI, ParamTy, "tmp"),
4066 *Caller));
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004067 }
4068 }
4069
4070 // If the function takes more arguments than the call was taking, add them
4071 // now...
4072 for (unsigned i = NumCommonArgs; i != FT->getNumParams(); ++i)
4073 Args.push_back(Constant::getNullValue(FT->getParamType(i)));
4074
4075 // If we are removing arguments to the function, emit an obnoxious warning...
4076 if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs)
4077 if (!FT->isVarArg()) {
4078 std::cerr << "WARNING: While resolving call to function '"
4079 << Callee->getName() << "' arguments were dropped!\n";
4080 } else {
4081 // Add all of the arguments in their promoted form to the arg list...
4082 for (unsigned i = FT->getNumParams(); i != NumActualArgs; ++i, ++AI) {
4083 const Type *PTy = getPromotedType((*AI)->getType());
4084 if (PTy != (*AI)->getType()) {
4085 // Must promote to pass through va_arg area!
4086 Instruction *Cast = new CastInst(*AI, PTy, "tmp");
4087 InsertNewInstBefore(Cast, *Caller);
4088 Args.push_back(Cast);
4089 } else {
4090 Args.push_back(*AI);
4091 }
4092 }
4093 }
4094
4095 if (FT->getReturnType() == Type::VoidTy)
4096 Caller->setName(""); // Void type should not have a name...
4097
4098 Instruction *NC;
4099 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) {
Chris Lattnerfae8ab32004-02-08 21:44:31 +00004100 NC = new InvokeInst(Callee, II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(),
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004101 Args, Caller->getName(), Caller);
4102 } else {
4103 NC = new CallInst(Callee, Args, Caller->getName(), Caller);
4104 }
4105
4106 // Insert a cast of the return type as necessary...
4107 Value *NV = NC;
4108 if (Caller->getType() != NV->getType() && !Caller->use_empty()) {
4109 if (NV->getType() != Type::VoidTy) {
4110 NV = NC = new CastInst(NC, Caller->getType(), "tmp");
Chris Lattner686767f2003-10-30 00:46:41 +00004111
4112 // If this is an invoke instruction, we should insert it after the first
4113 // non-phi, instruction in the normal successor block.
4114 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) {
4115 BasicBlock::iterator I = II->getNormalDest()->begin();
4116 while (isa<PHINode>(I)) ++I;
4117 InsertNewInstBefore(NC, *I);
4118 } else {
4119 // Otherwise, it's a call, just insert cast right after the call instr
4120 InsertNewInstBefore(NC, *Caller);
4121 }
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00004122 AddUsersToWorkList(*Caller);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004123 } else {
Chris Lattnere29d6342004-10-17 21:22:38 +00004124 NV = UndefValue::get(Caller->getType());
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004125 }
4126 }
4127
4128 if (Caller->getType() != Type::VoidTy && !Caller->use_empty())
4129 Caller->replaceAllUsesWith(NV);
4130 Caller->getParent()->getInstList().erase(Caller);
4131 removeFromWorkList(Caller);
4132 return true;
4133}
4134
4135
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004136// FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI - If all operands to a PHI node are the same "unary"
4137// operator and they all are only used by the PHI, PHI together their
4138// inputs, and do the operation once, to the result of the PHI.
4139Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) {
4140 Instruction *FirstInst = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(0));
4141
4142 // Scan the instruction, looking for input operations that can be folded away.
4143 // If all input operands to the phi are the same instruction (e.g. a cast from
4144 // the same type or "+42") we can pull the operation through the PHI, reducing
4145 // code size and simplifying code.
4146 Constant *ConstantOp = 0;
4147 const Type *CastSrcTy = 0;
4148 if (isa<CastInst>(FirstInst)) {
4149 CastSrcTy = FirstInst->getOperand(0)->getType();
4150 } else if (isa<BinaryOperator>(FirstInst) || isa<ShiftInst>(FirstInst)) {
4151 // Can fold binop or shift if the RHS is a constant.
4152 ConstantOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(FirstInst->getOperand(1));
4153 if (ConstantOp == 0) return 0;
4154 } else {
4155 return 0; // Cannot fold this operation.
4156 }
4157
4158 // Check to see if all arguments are the same operation.
4159 for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4160 if (!isa<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))) return 0;
4161 Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i));
4162 if (!I->hasOneUse() || I->getOpcode() != FirstInst->getOpcode())
4163 return 0;
4164 if (CastSrcTy) {
4165 if (I->getOperand(0)->getType() != CastSrcTy)
4166 return 0; // Cast operation must match.
4167 } else if (I->getOperand(1) != ConstantOp) {
4168 return 0;
4169 }
4170 }
4171
4172 // Okay, they are all the same operation. Create a new PHI node of the
4173 // correct type, and PHI together all of the LHS's of the instructions.
4174 PHINode *NewPN = new PHINode(FirstInst->getOperand(0)->getType(),
4175 PN.getName()+".in");
Chris Lattnerd8e20182005-01-29 00:39:08 +00004176 NewPN->reserveOperandSpace(PN.getNumOperands()/2);
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004177
4178 Value *InVal = FirstInst->getOperand(0);
4179 NewPN->addIncoming(InVal, PN.getIncomingBlock(0));
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004180
4181 // Add all operands to the new PHI.
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004182 for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4183 Value *NewInVal = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))->getOperand(0);
4184 if (NewInVal != InVal)
4185 InVal = 0;
4186 NewPN->addIncoming(NewInVal, PN.getIncomingBlock(i));
4187 }
4188
4189 Value *PhiVal;
4190 if (InVal) {
4191 // The new PHI unions all of the same values together. This is really
4192 // common, so we handle it intelligently here for compile-time speed.
4193 PhiVal = InVal;
4194 delete NewPN;
4195 } else {
4196 InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, PN);
4197 PhiVal = NewPN;
4198 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004199
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004200 // Insert and return the new operation.
4201 if (isa<CastInst>(FirstInst))
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004202 return new CastInst(PhiVal, PN.getType());
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004203 else if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FirstInst))
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004204 return BinaryOperator::create(BinOp->getOpcode(), PhiVal, ConstantOp);
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004205 else
4206 return new ShiftInst(cast<ShiftInst>(FirstInst)->getOpcode(),
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004207 PhiVal, ConstantOp);
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004208}
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00004209
Chris Lattner71536432005-01-17 05:10:15 +00004210/// DeadPHICycle - Return true if this PHI node is only used by a PHI node cycle
4211/// that is dead.
4212static bool DeadPHICycle(PHINode *PN, std::set<PHINode*> &PotentiallyDeadPHIs) {
4213 if (PN->use_empty()) return true;
4214 if (!PN->hasOneUse()) return false;
4215
4216 // Remember this node, and if we find the cycle, return.
4217 if (!PotentiallyDeadPHIs.insert(PN).second)
4218 return true;
4219
4220 if (PHINode *PU = dyn_cast<PHINode>(PN->use_back()))
4221 return DeadPHICycle(PU, PotentiallyDeadPHIs);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004222
Chris Lattner71536432005-01-17 05:10:15 +00004223 return false;
4224}
4225
Chris Lattnerbbbdd852002-05-06 18:06:38 +00004226// PHINode simplification
4227//
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00004228Instruction *InstCombiner::visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) {
Chris Lattnere29d6342004-10-17 21:22:38 +00004229 if (Value *V = hasConstantValue(&PN)) {
4230 // If V is an instruction, we have to be certain that it dominates PN.
4231 // However, because we don't have dom info, we can't do a perfect job.
4232 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
4233 // We know that the instruction dominates the PHI if there are no undef
4234 // values coming in.
Chris Lattner3b92f172004-10-18 01:48:31 +00004235 if (I->getParent() != &I->getParent()->getParent()->front() ||
4236 isa<InvokeInst>(I))
Chris Lattner107c15c2004-10-17 21:31:34 +00004237 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
4238 if (isa<UndefValue>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))) {
4239 V = 0;
4240 break;
4241 }
Chris Lattnere29d6342004-10-17 21:22:38 +00004242 }
4243
4244 if (V)
4245 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(PN, V);
4246 }
Chris Lattner4db2d222004-02-16 05:07:08 +00004247
4248 // If the only user of this instruction is a cast instruction, and all of the
4249 // incoming values are constants, change this PHI to merge together the casted
4250 // constants.
4251 if (PN.hasOneUse())
4252 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(PN.use_back()))
4253 if (CI->getType() != PN.getType()) { // noop casts will be folded
4254 bool AllConstant = true;
4255 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
4256 if (!isa<Constant>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))) {
4257 AllConstant = false;
4258 break;
4259 }
4260 if (AllConstant) {
4261 // Make a new PHI with all casted values.
4262 PHINode *New = new PHINode(CI->getType(), PN.getName(), &PN);
4263 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4264 Constant *OldArg = cast<Constant>(PN.getIncomingValue(i));
4265 New->addIncoming(ConstantExpr::getCast(OldArg, New->getType()),
4266 PN.getIncomingBlock(i));
4267 }
4268
4269 // Update the cast instruction.
4270 CI->setOperand(0, New);
4271 WorkList.push_back(CI); // revisit the cast instruction to fold.
4272 WorkList.push_back(New); // Make sure to revisit the new Phi
4273 return &PN; // PN is now dead!
4274 }
4275 }
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004276
4277 // If all PHI operands are the same operation, pull them through the PHI,
4278 // reducing code size.
4279 if (isa<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(0)) &&
4280 PN.getIncomingValue(0)->hasOneUse())
4281 if (Instruction *Result = FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PN))
4282 return Result;
4283
Chris Lattner71536432005-01-17 05:10:15 +00004284 // If this is a trivial cycle in the PHI node graph, remove it. Basically, if
4285 // this PHI only has a single use (a PHI), and if that PHI only has one use (a
4286 // PHI)... break the cycle.
4287 if (PN.hasOneUse())
4288 if (PHINode *PU = dyn_cast<PHINode>(PN.use_back())) {
4289 std::set<PHINode*> PotentiallyDeadPHIs;
4290 PotentiallyDeadPHIs.insert(&PN);
4291 if (DeadPHICycle(PU, PotentiallyDeadPHIs))
4292 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(PN, UndefValue::get(PN.getType()));
4293 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004294
Chris Lattner91daeb52003-12-19 05:58:40 +00004295 return 0;
Chris Lattnerbbbdd852002-05-06 18:06:38 +00004296}
4297
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004298static Value *InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(Value *V, const Type *DTy,
4299 Instruction *InsertPoint,
4300 InstCombiner *IC) {
4301 unsigned PS = IC->getTargetData().getPointerSize();
4302 const Type *VTy = V->getType();
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004303 if (!VTy->isSigned() && VTy->getPrimitiveSize() < PS)
4304 // We must insert a cast to ensure we sign-extend.
4305 V = IC->InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(V, VTy->getSignedVersion(),
4306 V->getName()), *InsertPoint);
4307 return IC->InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(V, DTy, V->getName()),
4308 *InsertPoint);
4309}
4310
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00004311
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00004312Instruction *InstCombiner::visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP) {
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004313 Value *PtrOp = GEP.getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner471bd762003-05-22 19:07:21 +00004314 // Is it 'getelementptr %P, long 0' or 'getelementptr %P'
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00004315 // If so, eliminate the noop.
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004316 if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 1)
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004317 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, PtrOp);
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004318
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004319 if (isa<UndefValue>(GEP.getOperand(0)))
4320 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, UndefValue::get(GEP.getType()));
4321
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004322 bool HasZeroPointerIndex = false;
4323 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(GEP.getOperand(1)))
4324 HasZeroPointerIndex = C->isNullValue();
4325
4326 if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 2 && HasZeroPointerIndex)
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004327 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, PtrOp);
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00004328
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004329 // Eliminate unneeded casts for indices.
4330 bool MadeChange = false;
Chris Lattner2b2412d2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004331 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
4332 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEP.getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI)
4333 if (isa<SequentialType>(*GTI)) {
4334 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(GEP.getOperand(i))) {
4335 Value *Src = CI->getOperand(0);
4336 const Type *SrcTy = Src->getType();
4337 const Type *DestTy = CI->getType();
4338 if (Src->getType()->isInteger()) {
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00004339 if (SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() ==
4340 DestTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) {
Chris Lattner2b2412d2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004341 // We can always eliminate a cast from ulong or long to the other.
4342 // We can always eliminate a cast from uint to int or the other on
4343 // 32-bit pointer platforms.
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00004344 if (DestTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() >= TD->getPointerSizeInBits()){
Chris Lattner2b2412d2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004345 MadeChange = true;
4346 GEP.setOperand(i, Src);
4347 }
4348 } else if (SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() < DestTy->getPrimitiveSize() &&
4349 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() == 4) {
4350 // We can always eliminate a cast from int to [u]long. We can
4351 // eliminate a cast from uint to [u]long iff the target is a 32-bit
4352 // pointer target.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004353 if (SrcTy->isSigned() ||
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00004354 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() >= TD->getPointerSizeInBits()) {
Chris Lattner2b2412d2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004355 MadeChange = true;
4356 GEP.setOperand(i, Src);
4357 }
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004358 }
4359 }
4360 }
Chris Lattner2b2412d2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004361 // If we are using a wider index than needed for this platform, shrink it
4362 // to what we need. If the incoming value needs a cast instruction,
4363 // insert it. This explicit cast can make subsequent optimizations more
4364 // obvious.
4365 Value *Op = GEP.getOperand(i);
4366 if (Op->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() > TD->getPointerSize())
Chris Lattner1e9ac1a2004-04-17 18:16:10 +00004367 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
Chris Lattner44d0b952004-07-20 01:48:15 +00004368 GEP.setOperand(i, ConstantExpr::getCast(C,
4369 TD->getIntPtrType()->getSignedVersion()));
Chris Lattner1e9ac1a2004-04-17 18:16:10 +00004370 MadeChange = true;
4371 } else {
Chris Lattner2b2412d2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004372 Op = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(Op, TD->getIntPtrType(),
4373 Op->getName()), GEP);
4374 GEP.setOperand(i, Op);
4375 MadeChange = true;
4376 }
Chris Lattner44d0b952004-07-20 01:48:15 +00004377
4378 // If this is a constant idx, make sure to canonicalize it to be a signed
4379 // operand, otherwise CSE and other optimizations are pessimized.
4380 if (ConstantUInt *CUI = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Op)) {
4381 GEP.setOperand(i, ConstantExpr::getCast(CUI,
4382 CUI->getType()->getSignedVersion()));
4383 MadeChange = true;
4384 }
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004385 }
4386 if (MadeChange) return &GEP;
4387
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004388 // Combine Indices - If the source pointer to this getelementptr instruction
4389 // is a getelementptr instruction, combine the indices of the two
4390 // getelementptr instructions into a single instruction.
4391 //
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004392 std::vector<Value*> SrcGEPOperands;
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00004393 if (User *Src = dyn_castGetElementPtr(PtrOp))
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004394 SrcGEPOperands.assign(Src->op_begin(), Src->op_end());
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004395
4396 if (!SrcGEPOperands.empty()) {
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004397 // Note that if our source is a gep chain itself that we wait for that
4398 // chain to be resolved before we perform this transformation. This
4399 // avoids us creating a TON of code in some cases.
4400 //
4401 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(SrcGEPOperands[0]) &&
4402 cast<Instruction>(SrcGEPOperands[0])->getNumOperands() == 2)
4403 return 0; // Wait until our source is folded to completion.
4404
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004405 std::vector<Value *> Indices;
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004406
4407 // Find out whether the last index in the source GEP is a sequential idx.
4408 bool EndsWithSequential = false;
4409 for (gep_type_iterator I = gep_type_begin(*cast<User>(PtrOp)),
4410 E = gep_type_end(*cast<User>(PtrOp)); I != E; ++I)
Chris Lattner8ec5f882004-05-08 22:41:42 +00004411 EndsWithSequential = !isa<StructType>(*I);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004412
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004413 // Can we combine the two pointer arithmetics offsets?
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004414 if (EndsWithSequential) {
Chris Lattner235af562003-03-05 22:33:14 +00004415 // Replace: gep (gep %P, long B), long A, ...
4416 // With: T = long A+B; gep %P, T, ...
4417 //
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004418 Value *Sum, *SO1 = SrcGEPOperands.back(), *GO1 = GEP.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004419 if (SO1 == Constant::getNullValue(SO1->getType())) {
4420 Sum = GO1;
4421 } else if (GO1 == Constant::getNullValue(GO1->getType())) {
4422 Sum = SO1;
4423 } else {
4424 // If they aren't the same type, convert both to an integer of the
4425 // target's pointer size.
4426 if (SO1->getType() != GO1->getType()) {
4427 if (Constant *SO1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO1)) {
4428 SO1 = ConstantExpr::getCast(SO1C, GO1->getType());
4429 } else if (Constant *GO1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(GO1)) {
4430 GO1 = ConstantExpr::getCast(GO1C, SO1->getType());
4431 } else {
4432 unsigned PS = TD->getPointerSize();
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004433 if (SO1->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() == PS) {
4434 // Convert GO1 to SO1's type.
4435 GO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(GO1, SO1->getType(), &GEP, this);
4436
4437 } else if (GO1->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() == PS) {
4438 // Convert SO1 to GO1's type.
4439 SO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(SO1, GO1->getType(), &GEP, this);
4440 } else {
4441 const Type *PT = TD->getIntPtrType();
4442 SO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(SO1, PT, &GEP, this);
4443 GO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(GO1, PT, &GEP, this);
4444 }
4445 }
4446 }
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004447 if (isa<Constant>(SO1) && isa<Constant>(GO1))
4448 Sum = ConstantExpr::getAdd(cast<Constant>(SO1), cast<Constant>(GO1));
4449 else {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00004450 Sum = BinaryOperator::createAdd(SO1, GO1, PtrOp->getName()+".sum");
4451 InsertNewInstBefore(cast<Instruction>(Sum), GEP);
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004452 }
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004453 }
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004454
4455 // Recycle the GEP we already have if possible.
4456 if (SrcGEPOperands.size() == 2) {
4457 GEP.setOperand(0, SrcGEPOperands[0]);
4458 GEP.setOperand(1, Sum);
4459 return &GEP;
4460 } else {
4461 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), SrcGEPOperands.begin()+1,
4462 SrcGEPOperands.end()-1);
4463 Indices.push_back(Sum);
4464 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), GEP.op_begin()+2, GEP.op_end());
4465 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004466 } else if (isa<Constant>(*GEP.idx_begin()) &&
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004467 cast<Constant>(*GEP.idx_begin())->isNullValue() &&
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004468 SrcGEPOperands.size() != 1) {
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004469 // Otherwise we can do the fold if the first index of the GEP is a zero
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004470 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), SrcGEPOperands.begin()+1,
4471 SrcGEPOperands.end());
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004472 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), GEP.idx_begin()+1, GEP.idx_end());
4473 }
4474
4475 if (!Indices.empty())
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004476 return new GetElementPtrInst(SrcGEPOperands[0], Indices, GEP.getName());
Chris Lattnerc59af1d2002-08-17 22:21:59 +00004477
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004478 } else if (GlobalValue *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(PtrOp)) {
Chris Lattnerc59af1d2002-08-17 22:21:59 +00004479 // GEP of global variable. If all of the indices for this GEP are
4480 // constants, we can promote this to a constexpr instead of an instruction.
4481
4482 // Scan for nonconstants...
4483 std::vector<Constant*> Indices;
4484 User::op_iterator I = GEP.idx_begin(), E = GEP.idx_end();
4485 for (; I != E && isa<Constant>(*I); ++I)
4486 Indices.push_back(cast<Constant>(*I));
4487
4488 if (I == E) { // If they are all constants...
Chris Lattnerf3edc492004-07-18 18:59:44 +00004489 Constant *CE = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(GV, Indices);
Chris Lattnerc59af1d2002-08-17 22:21:59 +00004490
4491 // Replace all uses of the GEP with the new constexpr...
4492 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, CE);
4493 }
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004494 } else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(PtrOp)) {
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004495 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::Cast) {
4496 if (HasZeroPointerIndex) {
4497 // transform: GEP (cast [10 x ubyte]* X to [0 x ubyte]*), long 0, ...
4498 // into : GEP [10 x ubyte]* X, long 0, ...
4499 //
4500 // This occurs when the program declares an array extern like "int X[];"
4501 //
4502 Constant *X = CE->getOperand(0);
4503 const PointerType *CPTy = cast<PointerType>(CE->getType());
4504 if (const PointerType *XTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(X->getType()))
4505 if (const ArrayType *XATy =
4506 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(XTy->getElementType()))
4507 if (const ArrayType *CATy =
4508 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CPTy->getElementType()))
4509 if (CATy->getElementType() == XATy->getElementType()) {
4510 // At this point, we know that the cast source type is a pointer
4511 // to an array of the same type as the destination pointer
4512 // array. Because the array type is never stepped over (there
4513 // is a leading zero) we can fold the cast into this GEP.
4514 GEP.setOperand(0, X);
4515 return &GEP;
4516 }
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00004517 } else if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 2 &&
4518 isa<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())) {
Chris Lattner14f3cdc2004-11-27 17:55:46 +00004519 // Transform things like:
4520 // %t = getelementptr ubyte* cast ([2 x sbyte]* %str to ubyte*), uint %V
4521 // into: %t1 = getelementptr [2 x sbyte*]* %str, int 0, uint %V; cast
4522 Constant *X = CE->getOperand(0);
4523 const Type *SrcElTy = cast<PointerType>(X->getType())->getElementType();
4524 const Type *ResElTy =cast<PointerType>(CE->getType())->getElementType();
4525 if (isa<ArrayType>(SrcElTy) &&
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004526 TD->getTypeSize(cast<ArrayType>(SrcElTy)->getElementType()) ==
Chris Lattner14f3cdc2004-11-27 17:55:46 +00004527 TD->getTypeSize(ResElTy)) {
4528 Value *V = InsertNewInstBefore(
4529 new GetElementPtrInst(X, Constant::getNullValue(Type::IntTy),
4530 GEP.getOperand(1), GEP.getName()), GEP);
4531 return new CastInst(V, GEP.getType());
4532 }
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004533 }
4534 }
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004535 }
4536
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004537 return 0;
4538}
4539
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004540Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAllocationInst(AllocationInst &AI) {
4541 // Convert: malloc Ty, C - where C is a constant != 1 into: malloc [C x Ty], 1
4542 if (AI.isArrayAllocation()) // Check C != 1
4543 if (const ConstantUInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(AI.getArraySize())) {
4544 const Type *NewTy = ArrayType::get(AI.getAllocatedType(), C->getValue());
Chris Lattnera2620ac2002-11-09 00:49:43 +00004545 AllocationInst *New = 0;
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004546
4547 // Create and insert the replacement instruction...
4548 if (isa<MallocInst>(AI))
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004549 New = new MallocInst(NewTy, 0, AI.getName());
Chris Lattnera2620ac2002-11-09 00:49:43 +00004550 else {
4551 assert(isa<AllocaInst>(AI) && "Unknown type of allocation inst!");
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004552 New = new AllocaInst(NewTy, 0, AI.getName());
Chris Lattnera2620ac2002-11-09 00:49:43 +00004553 }
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004554
4555 InsertNewInstBefore(New, AI);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004556
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004557 // Scan to the end of the allocation instructions, to skip over a block of
4558 // allocas if possible...
4559 //
4560 BasicBlock::iterator It = New;
4561 while (isa<AllocationInst>(*It)) ++It;
4562
4563 // Now that I is pointing to the first non-allocation-inst in the block,
4564 // insert our getelementptr instruction...
4565 //
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004566 std::vector<Value*> Idx(2, Constant::getNullValue(Type::IntTy));
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004567 Value *V = new GetElementPtrInst(New, Idx, New->getName()+".sub", It);
4568
4569 // Now make everything use the getelementptr instead of the original
4570 // allocation.
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004571 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, V);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004572 } else if (isa<UndefValue>(AI.getArraySize())) {
4573 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, Constant::getNullValue(AI.getType()));
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004574 }
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004575
4576 // If alloca'ing a zero byte object, replace the alloca with a null pointer.
4577 // Note that we only do this for alloca's, because malloc should allocate and
4578 // return a unique pointer, even for a zero byte allocation.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004579 if (isa<AllocaInst>(AI) && AI.getAllocatedType()->isSized() &&
Chris Lattner49df6ce2004-07-02 22:55:47 +00004580 TD->getTypeSize(AI.getAllocatedType()) == 0)
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004581 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, Constant::getNullValue(AI.getType()));
4582
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004583 return 0;
4584}
4585
Chris Lattner8427bff2003-12-07 01:24:23 +00004586Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFreeInst(FreeInst &FI) {
4587 Value *Op = FI.getOperand(0);
4588
4589 // Change free <ty>* (cast <ty2>* X to <ty>*) into free <ty2>* X
4590 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op))
4591 if (isa<PointerType>(CI->getOperand(0)->getType())) {
4592 FI.setOperand(0, CI->getOperand(0));
4593 return &FI;
4594 }
4595
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004596 // free undef -> unreachable.
4597 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op)) {
4598 // Insert a new store to null because we cannot modify the CFG here.
4599 new StoreInst(ConstantBool::True,
4600 UndefValue::get(PointerType::get(Type::BoolTy)), &FI);
4601 return EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
4602 }
4603
Chris Lattnerf3a36602004-02-28 04:57:37 +00004604 // If we have 'free null' delete the instruction. This can happen in stl code
4605 // when lots of inlining happens.
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004606 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op))
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00004607 return EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
Chris Lattnerf3a36602004-02-28 04:57:37 +00004608
Chris Lattner8427bff2003-12-07 01:24:23 +00004609 return 0;
4610}
4611
4612
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004613/// GetGEPGlobalInitializer - Given a constant, and a getelementptr
4614/// constantexpr, return the constant value being addressed by the constant
4615/// expression, or null if something is funny.
4616///
4617static Constant *GetGEPGlobalInitializer(Constant *C, ConstantExpr *CE) {
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004618 if (CE->getOperand(1) != Constant::getNullValue(CE->getOperand(1)->getType()))
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004619 return 0; // Do not allow stepping over the value!
4620
4621 // Loop over all of the operands, tracking down which value we are
4622 // addressing...
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004623 gep_type_iterator I = gep_type_begin(CE), E = gep_type_end(CE);
4624 for (++I; I != E; ++I)
4625 if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*I)) {
4626 ConstantUInt *CU = cast<ConstantUInt>(I.getOperand());
4627 assert(CU->getValue() < STy->getNumElements() &&
4628 "Struct index out of range!");
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00004629 unsigned El = (unsigned)CU->getValue();
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004630 if (ConstantStruct *CS = dyn_cast<ConstantStruct>(C)) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00004631 C = CS->getOperand(El);
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004632 } else if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(C)) {
Jeff Cohen82639852005-04-23 21:38:35 +00004633 C = Constant::getNullValue(STy->getElementType(El));
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004634 } else if (isa<UndefValue>(C)) {
Jeff Cohen82639852005-04-23 21:38:35 +00004635 C = UndefValue::get(STy->getElementType(El));
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004636 } else {
4637 return 0;
4638 }
4639 } else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I.getOperand())) {
4640 const ArrayType *ATy = cast<ArrayType>(*I);
4641 if ((uint64_t)CI->getRawValue() >= ATy->getNumElements()) return 0;
4642 if (ConstantArray *CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArray>(C))
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00004643 C = CA->getOperand((unsigned)CI->getRawValue());
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004644 else if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(C))
4645 C = Constant::getNullValue(ATy->getElementType());
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004646 else if (isa<UndefValue>(C))
4647 C = UndefValue::get(ATy->getElementType());
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004648 else
4649 return 0;
4650 } else {
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004651 return 0;
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004652 }
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004653 return C;
4654}
4655
Chris Lattner72684fe2005-01-31 05:51:45 +00004656/// InstCombineLoadCast - Fold 'load (cast P)' -> cast (load P)' when possible.
Chris Lattner35e24772004-07-13 01:49:43 +00004657static Instruction *InstCombineLoadCast(InstCombiner &IC, LoadInst &LI) {
4658 User *CI = cast<User>(LI.getOperand(0));
Chris Lattnerfe1b0b82005-01-31 04:50:46 +00004659 Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner35e24772004-07-13 01:49:43 +00004660
4661 const Type *DestPTy = cast<PointerType>(CI->getType())->getElementType();
Chris Lattnerfe1b0b82005-01-31 04:50:46 +00004662 if (const PointerType *SrcTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType())) {
Chris Lattner35e24772004-07-13 01:49:43 +00004663 const Type *SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
Chris Lattnerfe1b0b82005-01-31 04:50:46 +00004664
4665 if (DestPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(DestPTy)) {
4666 // If the source is an array, the code below will not succeed. Check to
4667 // see if a trivial 'gep P, 0, 0' will help matters. Only do this for
4668 // constants.
4669 if (const ArrayType *ASrcTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(SrcPTy))
4670 if (Constant *CSrc = dyn_cast<Constant>(CastOp))
4671 if (ASrcTy->getNumElements() != 0) {
4672 std::vector<Value*> Idxs(2, Constant::getNullValue(Type::IntTy));
4673 CastOp = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(CSrc, Idxs);
4674 SrcTy = cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType());
4675 SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
4676 }
4677
4678 if ((SrcPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(SrcPTy)) &&
Chris Lattnerecfa9b52005-03-29 06:37:47 +00004679 // Do not allow turning this into a load of an integer, which is then
4680 // casted to a pointer, this pessimizes pointer analysis a lot.
4681 (isa<PointerType>(SrcPTy) == isa<PointerType>(LI.getType())) &&
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004682 IC.getTargetData().getTypeSize(SrcPTy) ==
Chris Lattnerfe1b0b82005-01-31 04:50:46 +00004683 IC.getTargetData().getTypeSize(DestPTy)) {
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004684
Chris Lattnerfe1b0b82005-01-31 04:50:46 +00004685 // Okay, we are casting from one integer or pointer type to another of
4686 // the same size. Instead of casting the pointer before the load, cast
4687 // the result of the loaded value.
4688 Value *NewLoad = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(CastOp,
4689 CI->getName(),
4690 LI.isVolatile()),LI);
4691 // Now cast the result of the load.
4692 return new CastInst(NewLoad, LI.getType());
4693 }
Chris Lattner35e24772004-07-13 01:49:43 +00004694 }
4695 }
4696 return 0;
4697}
4698
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004699/// isSafeToLoadUnconditionally - Return true if we know that executing a load
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004700/// from this value cannot trap. If it is not obviously safe to load from the
4701/// specified pointer, we do a quick local scan of the basic block containing
4702/// ScanFrom, to determine if the address is already accessed.
4703static bool isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(Value *V, Instruction *ScanFrom) {
4704 // If it is an alloca or global variable, it is always safe to load from.
4705 if (isa<AllocaInst>(V) || isa<GlobalVariable>(V)) return true;
4706
4707 // Otherwise, be a little bit agressive by scanning the local block where we
4708 // want to check to see if the pointer is already being loaded or stored
Alkis Evlogimenosd59cebf2004-09-20 06:42:58 +00004709 // from/to. If so, the previous load or store would have already trapped,
4710 // so there is no harm doing an extra load (also, CSE will later eliminate
4711 // the load entirely).
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004712 BasicBlock::iterator BBI = ScanFrom, E = ScanFrom->getParent()->begin();
4713
Alkis Evlogimenosd59cebf2004-09-20 06:42:58 +00004714 while (BBI != E) {
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004715 --BBI;
4716
4717 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(BBI)) {
4718 if (LI->getOperand(0) == V) return true;
4719 } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(BBI))
4720 if (SI->getOperand(1) == V) return true;
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004721
Alkis Evlogimenosd59cebf2004-09-20 06:42:58 +00004722 }
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004723 return false;
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004724}
4725
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004726Instruction *InstCombiner::visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
4727 Value *Op = LI.getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner7e8af382004-01-12 04:13:56 +00004728
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004729 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
4730 if ((C->isNullValue() || isa<UndefValue>(C)) &&
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004731 !LI.isVolatile()) { // load null/undef -> undef
4732 // Insert a new store to null instruction before the load to indicate that
4733 // this code is not reachable. We do this instead of inserting an
4734 // unreachable instruction directly because we cannot modify the CFG.
4735 new StoreInst(UndefValue::get(LI.getType()), C, &LI);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004736 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, UndefValue::get(LI.getType()));
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004737 }
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004738
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004739 // Instcombine load (constant global) into the value loaded.
4740 if (GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(Op))
4741 if (GV->isConstant() && !GV->isExternal())
4742 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, GV->getInitializer());
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004743
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004744 // Instcombine load (constantexpr_GEP global, 0, ...) into the value loaded.
4745 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Op))
4746 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr) {
4747 if (GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(CE->getOperand(0)))
4748 if (GV->isConstant() && !GV->isExternal())
4749 if (Constant *V = GetGEPGlobalInitializer(GV->getInitializer(), CE))
4750 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, V);
4751 } else if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::Cast) {
4752 if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineLoadCast(*this, LI))
4753 return Res;
4754 }
4755 }
Chris Lattnere228ee52004-04-08 20:39:49 +00004756
4757 // load (cast X) --> cast (load X) iff safe
Chris Lattner35e24772004-07-13 01:49:43 +00004758 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op))
4759 if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineLoadCast(*this, LI))
4760 return Res;
Chris Lattnere228ee52004-04-08 20:39:49 +00004761
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004762 if (!LI.isVolatile() && Op->hasOneUse()) {
4763 // Change select and PHI nodes to select values instead of addresses: this
4764 // helps alias analysis out a lot, allows many others simplifications, and
4765 // exposes redundancy in the code.
4766 //
4767 // Note that we cannot do the transformation unless we know that the
4768 // introduced loads cannot trap! Something like this is valid as long as
4769 // the condition is always false: load (select bool %C, int* null, int* %G),
4770 // but it would not be valid if we transformed it to load from null
4771 // unconditionally.
4772 //
4773 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op)) {
4774 // load (select (Cond, &V1, &V2)) --> select(Cond, load &V1, load &V2).
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004775 if (isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(SI->getOperand(1), SI) &&
4776 isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(SI->getOperand(2), SI)) {
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004777 Value *V1 = InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(SI->getOperand(1),
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00004778 SI->getOperand(1)->getName()+".val"), LI);
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004779 Value *V2 = InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(SI->getOperand(2),
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00004780 SI->getOperand(2)->getName()+".val"), LI);
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004781 return new SelectInst(SI->getCondition(), V1, V2);
4782 }
4783
Chris Lattnerbdcf41a2004-09-23 15:46:00 +00004784 // load (select (cond, null, P)) -> load P
4785 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(1)))
4786 if (C->isNullValue()) {
4787 LI.setOperand(0, SI->getOperand(2));
4788 return &LI;
4789 }
4790
4791 // load (select (cond, P, null)) -> load P
4792 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(2)))
4793 if (C->isNullValue()) {
4794 LI.setOperand(0, SI->getOperand(1));
4795 return &LI;
4796 }
4797
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004798 } else if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Op)) {
4799 // load (phi (&V1, &V2, &V3)) --> phi(load &V1, load &V2, load &V3)
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00004800 bool Safe = PN->getParent() == LI.getParent();
4801
4802 // Scan all of the instructions between the PHI and the load to make
4803 // sure there are no instructions that might possibly alter the value
4804 // loaded from the PHI.
4805 if (Safe) {
4806 BasicBlock::iterator I = &LI;
4807 for (--I; !isa<PHINode>(I); --I)
4808 if (isa<StoreInst>(I) || isa<CallInst>(I)) {
4809 Safe = false;
4810 break;
4811 }
4812 }
4813
4814 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e && Safe; ++i)
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004815 if (!isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(PN->getIncomingValue(i),
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00004816 PN->getIncomingBlock(i)->getTerminator()))
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004817 Safe = false;
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00004818
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004819 if (Safe) {
4820 // Create the PHI.
4821 PHINode *NewPN = new PHINode(LI.getType(), PN->getName());
4822 InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, *PN);
4823 std::map<BasicBlock*,Value*> LoadMap; // Don't insert duplicate loads
4824
4825 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4826 BasicBlock *BB = PN->getIncomingBlock(i);
4827 Value *&TheLoad = LoadMap[BB];
4828 if (TheLoad == 0) {
4829 Value *InVal = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
4830 TheLoad = InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(InVal,
4831 InVal->getName()+".val"),
4832 *BB->getTerminator());
4833 }
4834 NewPN->addIncoming(TheLoad, BB);
4835 }
4836 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, NewPN);
4837 }
4838 }
4839 }
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004840 return 0;
4841}
4842
Chris Lattner72684fe2005-01-31 05:51:45 +00004843/// InstCombineStoreToCast - Fold 'store V, (cast P)' -> store (cast V), P'
4844/// when possible.
4845static Instruction *InstCombineStoreToCast(InstCombiner &IC, StoreInst &SI) {
4846 User *CI = cast<User>(SI.getOperand(1));
4847 Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
4848
4849 const Type *DestPTy = cast<PointerType>(CI->getType())->getElementType();
4850 if (const PointerType *SrcTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType())) {
4851 const Type *SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
4852
4853 if (DestPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(DestPTy)) {
4854 // If the source is an array, the code below will not succeed. Check to
4855 // see if a trivial 'gep P, 0, 0' will help matters. Only do this for
4856 // constants.
4857 if (const ArrayType *ASrcTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(SrcPTy))
4858 if (Constant *CSrc = dyn_cast<Constant>(CastOp))
4859 if (ASrcTy->getNumElements() != 0) {
4860 std::vector<Value*> Idxs(2, Constant::getNullValue(Type::IntTy));
4861 CastOp = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(CSrc, Idxs);
4862 SrcTy = cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType());
4863 SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
4864 }
4865
4866 if ((SrcPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(SrcPTy)) &&
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004867 IC.getTargetData().getTypeSize(SrcPTy) ==
Chris Lattner72684fe2005-01-31 05:51:45 +00004868 IC.getTargetData().getTypeSize(DestPTy)) {
4869
4870 // Okay, we are casting from one integer or pointer type to another of
4871 // the same size. Instead of casting the pointer before the store, cast
4872 // the value to be stored.
4873 Value *NewCast;
4874 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI.getOperand(0)))
4875 NewCast = ConstantExpr::getCast(C, SrcPTy);
4876 else
4877 NewCast = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(SI.getOperand(0),
4878 SrcPTy,
4879 SI.getOperand(0)->getName()+".c"), SI);
4880
4881 return new StoreInst(NewCast, CastOp);
4882 }
4883 }
4884 }
4885 return 0;
4886}
4887
Chris Lattner31f486c2005-01-31 05:36:43 +00004888Instruction *InstCombiner::visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) {
4889 Value *Val = SI.getOperand(0);
4890 Value *Ptr = SI.getOperand(1);
4891
4892 if (isa<UndefValue>(Ptr)) { // store X, undef -> noop (even if volatile)
4893 removeFromWorkList(&SI);
4894 SI.eraseFromParent();
4895 ++NumCombined;
4896 return 0;
4897 }
4898
4899 if (SI.isVolatile()) return 0; // Don't hack volatile loads.
4900
4901 // store X, null -> turns into 'unreachable' in SimplifyCFG
4902 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Ptr)) {
4903 if (!isa<UndefValue>(Val)) {
4904 SI.setOperand(0, UndefValue::get(Val->getType()));
4905 if (Instruction *U = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val))
4906 WorkList.push_back(U); // Dropped a use.
4907 ++NumCombined;
4908 }
4909 return 0; // Do not modify these!
4910 }
4911
4912 // store undef, Ptr -> noop
4913 if (isa<UndefValue>(Val)) {
4914 removeFromWorkList(&SI);
4915 SI.eraseFromParent();
4916 ++NumCombined;
4917 return 0;
4918 }
4919
Chris Lattner72684fe2005-01-31 05:51:45 +00004920 // If the pointer destination is a cast, see if we can fold the cast into the
4921 // source instead.
4922 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Ptr))
4923 if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineStoreToCast(*this, SI))
4924 return Res;
4925 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Ptr))
4926 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::Cast)
4927 if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineStoreToCast(*this, SI))
4928 return Res;
4929
Chris Lattner31f486c2005-01-31 05:36:43 +00004930 return 0;
4931}
4932
4933
Chris Lattner9eef8a72003-06-04 04:46:00 +00004934Instruction *InstCombiner::visitBranchInst(BranchInst &BI) {
4935 // Change br (not X), label True, label False to: br X, label False, True
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00004936 Value *X;
4937 BasicBlock *TrueDest;
4938 BasicBlock *FalseDest;
4939 if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_Not(m_Value(X)), TrueDest, FalseDest)) &&
4940 !isa<Constant>(X)) {
4941 // Swap Destinations and condition...
4942 BI.setCondition(X);
4943 BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
4944 BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
4945 return &BI;
4946 }
4947
4948 // Cannonicalize setne -> seteq
4949 Instruction::BinaryOps Op; Value *Y;
4950 if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_SetCond(Op, m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)),
4951 TrueDest, FalseDest)))
4952 if ((Op == Instruction::SetNE || Op == Instruction::SetLE ||
4953 Op == Instruction::SetGE) && BI.getCondition()->hasOneUse()) {
4954 SetCondInst *I = cast<SetCondInst>(BI.getCondition());
4955 std::string Name = I->getName(); I->setName("");
4956 Instruction::BinaryOps NewOpcode = SetCondInst::getInverseCondition(Op);
4957 Value *NewSCC = BinaryOperator::create(NewOpcode, X, Y, Name, I);
Chris Lattnere967b342003-06-04 05:10:11 +00004958 // Swap Destinations and condition...
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00004959 BI.setCondition(NewSCC);
Chris Lattnere967b342003-06-04 05:10:11 +00004960 BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
4961 BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00004962 removeFromWorkList(I);
4963 I->getParent()->getInstList().erase(I);
4964 WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(NewSCC));
Chris Lattnere967b342003-06-04 05:10:11 +00004965 return &BI;
4966 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004967
Chris Lattner9eef8a72003-06-04 04:46:00 +00004968 return 0;
4969}
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004970
Chris Lattner4c9c20a2004-07-03 00:26:11 +00004971Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSwitchInst(SwitchInst &SI) {
4972 Value *Cond = SI.getCondition();
4973 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Cond)) {
4974 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add)
4975 if (ConstantInt *AddRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
4976 // change 'switch (X+4) case 1:' into 'switch (X) case -3'
4977 for (unsigned i = 2, e = SI.getNumOperands(); i != e; i += 2)
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004978 SI.setOperand(i,ConstantExpr::getSub(cast<Constant>(SI.getOperand(i)),
Chris Lattner4c9c20a2004-07-03 00:26:11 +00004979 AddRHS));
4980 SI.setOperand(0, I->getOperand(0));
4981 WorkList.push_back(I);
4982 return &SI;
4983 }
4984 }
4985 return 0;
4986}
4987
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004988
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00004989void InstCombiner::removeFromWorkList(Instruction *I) {
4990 WorkList.erase(std::remove(WorkList.begin(), WorkList.end(), I),
4991 WorkList.end());
4992}
4993
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +00004994
4995/// TryToSinkInstruction - Try to move the specified instruction from its
4996/// current block into the beginning of DestBlock, which can only happen if it's
4997/// safe to move the instruction past all of the instructions between it and the
4998/// end of its block.
4999static bool TryToSinkInstruction(Instruction *I, BasicBlock *DestBlock) {
5000 assert(I->hasOneUse() && "Invariants didn't hold!");
5001
5002 // Cannot move control-flow-involving instructions.
5003 if (isa<PHINode>(I) || isa<InvokeInst>(I) || isa<CallInst>(I)) return false;
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00005004
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005005 // Do not sink alloca instructions out of the entry block.
5006 if (isa<AllocaInst>(I) && I->getParent() == &DestBlock->getParent()->front())
5007 return false;
5008
Chris Lattnerf17a2fb2004-12-09 07:14:34 +00005009 // We can only sink load instructions if there is nothing between the load and
5010 // the end of block that could change the value.
5011 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
5012 if (LI->isVolatile()) return false; // Don't sink volatile loads.
5013
5014 for (BasicBlock::iterator Scan = LI, E = LI->getParent()->end();
5015 Scan != E; ++Scan)
5016 if (Scan->mayWriteToMemory())
5017 return false;
Chris Lattnerf17a2fb2004-12-09 07:14:34 +00005018 }
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005019
5020 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = DestBlock->begin();
5021 while (isa<PHINode>(InsertPos)) ++InsertPos;
5022
5023 BasicBlock *SrcBlock = I->getParent();
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00005024 DestBlock->getInstList().splice(InsertPos, SrcBlock->getInstList(), I);
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005025 ++NumSunkInst;
5026 return true;
5027}
5028
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00005029bool InstCombiner::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00005030 bool Changed = false;
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00005031 TD = &getAnalysis<TargetData>();
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005032
Chris Lattnerb643a9e2004-05-01 23:19:52 +00005033 for (inst_iterator i = inst_begin(F), e = inst_end(F); i != e; ++i)
5034 WorkList.push_back(&*i);
Chris Lattner2d3a7a62004-04-27 15:13:33 +00005035
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005036
5037 while (!WorkList.empty()) {
5038 Instruction *I = WorkList.back(); // Get an instruction from the worklist
5039 WorkList.pop_back();
5040
Misha Brukman632df282002-10-29 23:06:16 +00005041 // Check to see if we can DCE or ConstantPropagate the instruction...
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005042 // Check to see if we can DIE the instruction...
5043 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) {
5044 // Add operands to the worklist...
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005045 if (I->getNumOperands() < 4)
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00005046 AddUsesToWorkList(*I);
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005047 ++NumDeadInst;
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005048
Chris Lattnercd517ff2005-01-28 19:32:01 +00005049 DEBUG(std::cerr << "IC: DCE: " << *I);
5050
5051 I->eraseFromParent();
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005052 removeFromWorkList(I);
5053 continue;
5054 }
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005055
Misha Brukman632df282002-10-29 23:06:16 +00005056 // Instruction isn't dead, see if we can constant propagate it...
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005057 if (Constant *C = ConstantFoldInstruction(I)) {
Alkis Evlogimenosa1291a02004-12-08 23:10:30 +00005058 Value* Ptr = I->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner6580e092004-10-16 19:44:59 +00005059 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I) &&
Alkis Evlogimenosa1291a02004-12-08 23:10:30 +00005060 cast<Constant>(Ptr)->isNullValue() &&
5061 !isa<ConstantPointerNull>(C) &&
5062 cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType())->getElementType()->isSized()) {
Chris Lattner6580e092004-10-16 19:44:59 +00005063 // If this is a constant expr gep that is effectively computing an
5064 // "offsetof", fold it into 'cast int X to T*' instead of 'gep 0, 0, 12'
5065 bool isFoldableGEP = true;
5066 for (unsigned i = 1, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5067 if (!isa<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(i)))
5068 isFoldableGEP = false;
5069 if (isFoldableGEP) {
Alkis Evlogimenosa1291a02004-12-08 23:10:30 +00005070 uint64_t Offset = TD->getIndexedOffset(Ptr->getType(),
Chris Lattner6580e092004-10-16 19:44:59 +00005071 std::vector<Value*>(I->op_begin()+1, I->op_end()));
5072 C = ConstantUInt::get(Type::ULongTy, Offset);
Chris Lattner684c5c62004-10-16 19:46:33 +00005073 C = ConstantExpr::getCast(C, TD->getIntPtrType());
Chris Lattner6580e092004-10-16 19:44:59 +00005074 C = ConstantExpr::getCast(C, I->getType());
5075 }
5076 }
5077
Chris Lattnercd517ff2005-01-28 19:32:01 +00005078 DEBUG(std::cerr << "IC: ConstFold to: " << *C << " from: " << *I);
5079
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005080 // Add operands to the worklist...
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00005081 AddUsesToWorkList(*I);
Chris Lattnerc6509f42002-12-05 22:41:53 +00005082 ReplaceInstUsesWith(*I, C);
5083
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005084 ++NumConstProp;
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005085 I->getParent()->getInstList().erase(I);
Chris Lattner800aaaf2003-10-07 15:17:02 +00005086 removeFromWorkList(I);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005087 continue;
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005088 }
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005089
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005090 // See if we can trivially sink this instruction to a successor basic block.
5091 if (I->hasOneUse()) {
5092 BasicBlock *BB = I->getParent();
5093 BasicBlock *UserParent = cast<Instruction>(I->use_back())->getParent();
5094 if (UserParent != BB) {
5095 bool UserIsSuccessor = false;
5096 // See if the user is one of our successors.
5097 for (succ_iterator SI = succ_begin(BB), E = succ_end(BB); SI != E; ++SI)
5098 if (*SI == UserParent) {
5099 UserIsSuccessor = true;
5100 break;
5101 }
5102
5103 // If the user is one of our immediate successors, and if that successor
5104 // only has us as a predecessors (we'd have to split the critical edge
5105 // otherwise), we can keep going.
5106 if (UserIsSuccessor && !isa<PHINode>(I->use_back()) &&
5107 next(pred_begin(UserParent)) == pred_end(UserParent))
5108 // Okay, the CFG is simple enough, try to sink this instruction.
5109 Changed |= TryToSinkInstruction(I, UserParent);
5110 }
5111 }
5112
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005113 // Now that we have an instruction, try combining it to simplify it...
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00005114 if (Instruction *Result = visit(*I)) {
Chris Lattner0b18c1d2002-05-10 15:38:35 +00005115 ++NumCombined;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00005116 // Should we replace the old instruction with a new one?
Chris Lattner053c0932002-05-14 15:24:07 +00005117 if (Result != I) {
Chris Lattner7d2a5392004-03-13 23:54:27 +00005118 DEBUG(std::cerr << "IC: Old = " << *I
5119 << " New = " << *Result);
5120
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +00005121 // Everything uses the new instruction now.
5122 I->replaceAllUsesWith(Result);
5123
5124 // Push the new instruction and any users onto the worklist.
5125 WorkList.push_back(Result);
5126 AddUsersToWorkList(*Result);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005127
5128 // Move the name to the new instruction first...
5129 std::string OldName = I->getName(); I->setName("");
Chris Lattner950fc782003-10-07 22:58:41 +00005130 Result->setName(OldName);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005131
5132 // Insert the new instruction into the basic block...
5133 BasicBlock *InstParent = I->getParent();
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00005134 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = I;
5135
5136 if (!isa<PHINode>(Result)) // If combining a PHI, don't insert
5137 while (isa<PHINode>(InsertPos)) // middle of a block of PHIs.
5138 ++InsertPos;
5139
5140 InstParent->getInstList().insert(InsertPos, Result);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005141
Chris Lattner63d75af2004-05-01 23:27:23 +00005142 // Make sure that we reprocess all operands now that we reduced their
5143 // use counts.
Chris Lattnerb643a9e2004-05-01 23:19:52 +00005144 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5145 if (Instruction *OpI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i)))
5146 WorkList.push_back(OpI);
5147
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +00005148 // Instructions can end up on the worklist more than once. Make sure
5149 // we do not process an instruction that has been deleted.
5150 removeFromWorkList(I);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005151
5152 // Erase the old instruction.
5153 InstParent->getInstList().erase(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00005154 } else {
Chris Lattner7d2a5392004-03-13 23:54:27 +00005155 DEBUG(std::cerr << "IC: MOD = " << *I);
5156
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00005157 // If the instruction was modified, it's possible that it is now dead.
5158 // if so, remove it.
Chris Lattner63d75af2004-05-01 23:27:23 +00005159 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) {
5160 // Make sure we process all operands now that we are reducing their
5161 // use counts.
5162 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5163 if (Instruction *OpI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i)))
5164 WorkList.push_back(OpI);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00005165
Chris Lattner63d75af2004-05-01 23:27:23 +00005166 // Instructions may end up in the worklist more than once. Erase all
5167 // occurrances of this instruction.
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005168 removeFromWorkList(I);
Chris Lattner31f486c2005-01-31 05:36:43 +00005169 I->eraseFromParent();
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +00005170 } else {
5171 WorkList.push_back(Result);
5172 AddUsersToWorkList(*Result);
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00005173 }
Chris Lattner053c0932002-05-14 15:24:07 +00005174 }
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00005175 Changed = true;
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005176 }
5177 }
5178
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00005179 return Changed;
Chris Lattner04805fa2002-02-26 21:46:54 +00005180}
5181
Brian Gaeke38b79e82004-07-27 17:43:21 +00005182FunctionPass *llvm::createInstructionCombiningPass() {
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00005183 return new InstCombiner();
Chris Lattner04805fa2002-02-26 21:46:54 +00005184}
Brian Gaeke960707c2003-11-11 22:41:34 +00005185